libpng.3 264.7 KB
Newer Older
1
.TH LIBPNG 3 "January 3, 2017"
2
.SH NAME
3
libpng \- Portable Network Graphics (PNG) Reference Library 1.6.28rc01
4
.SH SYNOPSIS
5 6
\fB
#include <png.h>\fP
7

8 9
\fBpng_uint_32 png_access_version_number \fI(void\fP\fB);\fP

10 11
\fBvoid png_benign_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

12 13 14 15
\fBvoid png_build_grayscale_palette (int \fP\fIbit_depth\fP\fB, png_colorp \fIpalette\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_voidp png_calloc (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

16 17
\fBvoid png_chunk_benign_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
\fBvoid png_chunk_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_chunk_warning (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fImessage\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_convert_from_struct_tm (png_timep \fP\fIptime\fP\fB, struct tm FAR * \fIttime\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_convert_from_time_t (png_timep \fP\fIptime\fP\fB, time_t \fIttime\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_charp png_convert_to_rfc1123 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fIptime\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_infop png_create_info_struct (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

30
\fBpng_structp png_create_read_struct (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarn_fn\fP\fB);\fP
31

32
\fBpng_structp png_create_read_struct_2 (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIwarn_fn\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP
33

34
\fBpng_structp png_create_write_struct (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarn_fn\fP\fB);\fP
35

36 37 38
\fBpng_structp png_create_write_struct_2 (png_const_charp \fP\fIuser_png_ver\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIwarn_fn\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_data_freer (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIfreer\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fImask)\fP\fB);\fP
39 40 41 42 43 44 45

\fBvoid png_destroy_info_struct (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_destroy_read_struct (png_structpp \fP\fIpng_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fP\fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIend_info_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_destroy_write_struct (png_structpp \fP\fIpng_ptr_ptr\fP\fB, png_infopp \fIinfo_ptr_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

46 47
\fBvoid png_err (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

48 49 50 51
\fBvoid png_error (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fIerror\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_free (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP

52 53
\fBvoid png_free_chunk_list (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

54
\fBvoid png_free_default (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIptr\fP\fB);\fP
55

56
\fBvoid png_free_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum\fP\fB);\fP
57

58
\fBpng_byte png_get_bit_depth (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
59

60
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_bKGD (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fI*background\fP\fB);\fP
61

62
\fBpng_byte png_get_channels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
63

64
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*white_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*white_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_x\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_y\fP\fB);\fP
65

66
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*white_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*white_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*red_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*red_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*green_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*green_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*blue_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*blue_y\fP\fB);\fP
67

68
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_XYZ (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*red_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*green_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fI*blue_Y\fP\fB, double \fI*blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP
69

70 71 72 73
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_red_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_green_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_blue_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fI*int_blue_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fI*int_blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_chunk_cache_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

74
\fBpng_alloc_size_t png_get_chunk_malloc_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
75

76
\fBpng_byte png_get_color_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
77

78
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_compression_buffer_size (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
79

80
\fBpng_byte png_get_compression_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
81

82
\fBpng_byte png_get_copyright (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
83

84 85 86 87
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_current_row_number \fI(png_const_structp\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_byte png_get_current_pass_number \fI(png_const_structp\fP\fB);\fP

88
\fBpng_voidp png_get_error_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
89

90
\fBpng_byte png_get_filter_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
91

92
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_gAMA (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fI*file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
93

94
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_gAMA_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*int_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
95

96
\fBpng_byte png_get_header_ver (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
97

98
\fBpng_byte png_get_header_version (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
99

100
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_hIST (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fI*hist\fP\fB);\fP
101

102
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_iCCP (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charpp \fP\fIname\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*compression_type\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIprofile\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fI*proflen\fP\fB);\fP
103

104 105
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_IHDR (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*width\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*height\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*bit_depth\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*color_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*interlace_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*compression_type\fP\fB, int \fI*filter_type\fP\fB);\fP

106
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_image_height (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
107

108
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_image_width (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
109

110 111
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_int_32 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP

112
\fBpng_byte png_get_interlace_type (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
113

114
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_io_chunk_type (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
115

116
\fBpng_voidp png_get_io_ptr (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
117

118
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_io_state (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
119

120
\fBpng_byte png_get_libpng_ver (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
121

122 123
\fBint png_get_palette_max(png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

124
\fBpng_voidp png_get_mem_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
125

126
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_oFFs (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*offset_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*offset_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
127

128
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pCAL (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fI*purpose\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fI*X0\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fI*X1\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*type\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*nparams\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fI*units\fP\fB, png_charpp \fI*params\fP\fB);\fP
129

130
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pHYs (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
131

132
\fBfloat png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
133

134
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pHYs_dpi (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fI*res_y\fP\fB, int \fI*unit_type\fP\fB);\fP
135

136
\fBpng_fixed_point png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
137

138
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
139

140
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
141

142
\fBpng_voidp png_get_progressive_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
143

144
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_PLTE (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fI*palette\fP\fB, int \fI*num_palette\fP\fB);\fP
145

146
\fBpng_byte png_get_rgb_to_gray_status (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
147 148 149

\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_rowbytes (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

150
\fBpng_bytepp png_get_rows (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
151

152
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sBIT (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fI*sig_bit\fP\fB);\fP
153

154
\fBvoid png_get_sCAL (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, double* \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, double* \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
155

156
\fBvoid png_get_sCAL_fixed (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_fixed_pointp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_fixed_pointp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
157

158
\fBvoid png_get_sCAL_s (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int* \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_charpp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_charpp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP
159

160
\fBpng_bytep png_get_signature (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
161

162
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sPLT (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_spalette_p \fI*splt_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
163

164
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_sRGB (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fI*file_srgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
165

166
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_text (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_textp \fP\fI*text_ptr\fP\fB, int \fI*num_text\fP\fB);\fP
167

168
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_tIME (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fI*mod_time\fP\fB);\fP
169

170
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_tRNS (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fI*trans_alpha\fP\fB, int \fP\fI*num_trans\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fI*trans_color\fP\fB);\fP
171

172
\fB/* This function is really an inline macro. \fI*/
173

174 175
\fBpng_uint_16 png_get_uint_16 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP

176
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_uint_31 (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP
177

178
\fB/* This function is really an inline macro. \fI*/
179

180 181
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_uint_32 (png_bytep \fIbuf\fP\fB);\fP

182
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_unknown_chunks (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unknown_chunkpp \fIunknowns\fP\fB);\fP
183

184
\fBpng_voidp png_get_user_chunk_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
185

186
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_user_height_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
187

188
\fBpng_voidp png_get_user_transform_ptr (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
189

190
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_user_width_max (png_const_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
191

192
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_valid (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIflag\fP\fB);\fP
193

194
\fBfloat png_get_x_offset_inches (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
195

196
\fBpng_fixed_point png_get_x_offset_inches_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
197

198
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_x_offset_microns (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
199

200
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_x_offset_pixels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
201

202
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_x_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
203

204
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_x_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
205

206
\fBfloat png_get_y_offset_inches (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
207

208
\fBpng_fixed_point png_get_y_offset_inches_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
209

210
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_y_offset_microns (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
211

212
\fBpng_int_32 png_get_y_offset_pixels (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
213

214
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_y_pixels_per_inch (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
215

216
\fBpng_uint_32 png_get_y_pixels_per_meter (png_const_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
217

218 219
\fBint png_handle_as_unknown (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIchunk_name\fP\fB);\fP

220 221 222 223 224 225
\fBint png_image_begin_read_from_file (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, const char \fI*file_name\fP\fB);\fP

\fBint png_image_begin_read_from_stdio (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, FILE* \fIfile\fP\fB);\fP

\fBint, png_image_begin_read_from_memory (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, png_const_voidp \fP\fImemory\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

226
\fBint png_image_finish_read (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIbackground\fP\fB, void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap\fP\fB);\fP
227 228 229

\fBvoid png_image_free (png_imagep \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP

230
\fBint png_image_write_to_file (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, const char \fP\fI*file\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap\fP\fB);\fP
231

232 233
\fBint png_image_write_to_memory (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, void \fP\fI*memory\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t * PNG_RESTRICT \fP\fImemory_bytes\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8_bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, const void \fI*colormap)\fP\fB);\fP

234
\fBint png_image_write_to_stdio (png_imagep \fP\fIimage\fP\fB, FILE \fP\fI*file\fP\fB, int \fP\fIconvert_to_8_bit\fP\fB, const void \fP\fI*buffer\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIrow_stride\fP\fB, void \fI*colormap)\fP\fB);\fP
235

236 237
\fBvoid png_info_init_3 (png_infopp \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIpng_info_struct_size\fP\fB);\fP

238
\fBvoid png_init_io (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, FILE \fI*fp\fP\fB);\fP
239

240 241
\fBvoid png_longjmp (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIval\fP\fB);\fP

242
\fBpng_voidp png_malloc (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP
243

244 245 246 247 248
\fBpng_voidp png_malloc_default (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_voidp png_malloc_warn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_uint_32 png_permit_mng_features (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fImng_features_permitted\fP\fB);\fP
249

250
\fBvoid png_process_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIbuffer\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIbuffer_size\fP\fB);\fP
251

252 253 254 255
\fBpng_size_t png_process_data_pause \fP\fI(png_structp\fP\fB, int \fIsave\fP\fB);\fP

\fBpng_uint_32 png_process_data_skip \fI(png_structp\fP\fB);\fP

256
\fBvoid png_progressive_combine_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIold_row\fP\fB, png_bytep \fInew_row\fP\fB);\fP
257

258
\fBvoid png_read_end (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
259

260
\fBvoid png_read_image (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP
261

262
\fBvoid png_read_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
263

264
\fBvoid png_read_png (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fItransforms\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
265

266
\fBvoid png_read_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIdisplay_row\fP\fB);\fP
267

268
\fBvoid png_read_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIdisplay_row\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fInum_rows\fP\fB);\fP
269

270
\fBvoid png_read_update_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
271

272 273 274
\fBint png_reset_zstream (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_save_int_32 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fIi\fP\fB);\fP
275

276 277 278 279
\fBvoid png_save_uint_16 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, unsigned int \fIi\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_save_uint_32 (png_bytep \fP\fIbuf\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIi\fP\fB);\fP

280 281 282 283 284 285
\fBvoid png_set_add_alpha (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIfiller\fP\fB, int \fIflags\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_alpha_mode (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImode\fP\fB, double \fIoutput_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_alpha_mode_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImode\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIoutput_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

286
\fBvoid png_set_background (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fP\fIbackground_color\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbackground_gamma_code\fP\fB, int \fP\fIneed_expand\fP\fB, double \fIbackground_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
287

288 289
\fBvoid png_set_background_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fP\fIbackground_color\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbackground_gamma_code\fP\fB, int \fP\fIneed_expand\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIbackground_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

290 291
\fBvoid png_set_benign_errors (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIallowed\fP\fB);\fP

292
\fBvoid png_set_bgr (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
293

294
\fBvoid png_set_bKGD (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fIbackground\fP\fB);\fP
295

296
\fBvoid png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_structrp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIallowed\fP\fB);\fP
297

298
\fBvoid png_set_cHRM (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwhite_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwhite_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_x\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_x\fP\fB, double \fIblue_y\fP\fB);\fP
299

300 301
\fBvoid png_set_cHRM_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwhite_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwhite_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIred_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIred_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIgreen_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIgreen_y\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIblue_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIblue_y\fP\fB);\fP

302
\fBvoid png_set_cHRM_XYZ (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_Y\fP\fB, double \fP\fIgreen_Z\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_X\fP\fB, double \fP\fIblue_Y\fP\fB, double \fIblue_Z\fP\fB);\fP
303 304 305

\fBvoid png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_red_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_green_Z\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_blue_X\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIint_blue_Y\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIint_blue_Z\fP\fB);\fP

306 307
\fBvoid png_set_chunk_cache_max (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIuser_chunk_cache_max\fP\fB);\fP

308
\fBvoid png_set_compression_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP
309

310
\fBvoid png_set_compression_mem_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImem_level\fP\fB);\fP
311

312
\fBvoid png_set_compression_method (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImethod\fP\fB);\fP
313

314
\fBvoid png_set_compression_strategy (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIstrategy\fP\fB);\fP
315

316
\fBvoid png_set_compression_window_bits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIwindow_bits\fP\fB);\fP
317

318
\fBvoid png_set_crc_action (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcrit_action\fP\fB, int \fIancil_action\fP\fB);\fP
319

320
\fBvoid png_set_error_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIerror_ptr\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fP\fIerror_fn\fP\fB, png_error_ptr \fIwarning_fn\fP\fB);\fP
321

322
\fBvoid png_set_expand (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
323

324
\fBvoid png_set_expand_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
325

326
\fBvoid png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
327

328
\fBvoid png_set_filler (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIfiller\fP\fB, int \fIflags\fP\fB);\fP
329

330
\fBvoid png_set_filter (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fImethod\fP\fB, int \fIfilters\fP\fB);\fP
331

332
\fBvoid png_set_filter_heuristics (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIheuristic_method\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_weights\fP\fB, png_doublep \fP\fIfilter_weights\fP\fB, png_doublep \fIfilter_costs\fP\fB);\fP
333

334 335
\fBvoid png_set_filter_heuristics_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIheuristic_method\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_weights\fP\fB, png_fixed_point_p \fP\fIfilter_weights\fP\fB, png_fixed_point_p \fIfilter_costs\fP\fB);\fP

336
\fBvoid png_set_flush (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInrows\fP\fB);\fP
337

338
\fBvoid png_set_gamma (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, double \fP\fIscreen_gamma\fP\fB, double \fIdefault_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP
339

340 341 342 343
\fBvoid png_set_gamma_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIscreen_gamma\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIdefault_file_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_gAMA (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, double \fIfile_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

344 345
\fBvoid png_set_gAMA_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIfile_gamma\fP\fB);\fP

346
\fBvoid png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
347

348
\fBvoid png_set_gray_to_rgb (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
349

350
\fBvoid png_set_hIST (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fIhist\fP\fB);\fP
351

352
\fBvoid png_set_iCCP (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fP\fIname\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcompression_type\fP\fB, png_const_bytep \fP\fIprofile\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIproflen\fP\fB);\fP
353

354
\fBint png_set_interlace_handling (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
355

356 357
\fBvoid png_set_invalid (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImask\fP\fB);\fP

358
\fBvoid png_set_invert_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
359

360
\fBvoid png_set_invert_mono (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
361

362
\fBvoid png_set_IHDR (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIheight\fP\fB, int \fP\fIbit_depth\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcolor_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fIinterlace_type\fP\fB, int \fP\fIcompression_type\fP\fB, int \fIfilter_type\fP\fB);\fP
363

364
\fBvoid png_set_keep_unknown_chunks (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIkeep\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_list\fP\fB, int \fInum_chunks\fP\fB);\fP
365

366 367
\fBjmp_buf* png_set_longjmp_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_longjmp_ptr \fP\fIlongjmp_fn\fP\fB, size_t \fIjmp_buf_size\fP\fB);\fP

368 369
\fBvoid png_set_chunk_malloc_max (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_alloc_size_t \fIuser_chunk_cache_max\fP\fB);\fP

370 371 372
\fBvoid png_set_compression_buffer_size (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIsize\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_mem_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fImem_ptr\fP\fB, png_malloc_ptr \fP\fImalloc_fn\fP\fB, png_free_ptr \fIfree_fn\fP\fB);\fP
373

374
\fBvoid png_set_oFFs (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIoffset_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIoffset_y\fP\fB, int \fIunit_type\fP\fB);\fP
375

376 377
\fBint png_set_option(png_structrp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIoption\fP\fB, int \fIonoff\fP\fB);\fP

378
\fBvoid png_set_packing (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
379

380
\fBvoid png_set_packswap (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
381

382
\fBvoid png_set_palette_to_rgb (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
383

384
\fBvoid png_set_pCAL (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIpurpose\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIX0\fP\fB, png_int_32 \fP\fIX1\fP\fB, int \fP\fItype\fP\fB, int \fP\fInparams\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIunits\fP\fB, png_charpp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
385

386
\fBvoid png_set_pHYs (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIres_x\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIres_y\fP\fB, int \fIunit_type\fP\fB);\fP
387

388
\fBvoid png_set_progressive_read_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIprogressive_ptr\fP\fB, png_progressive_info_ptr \fP\fIinfo_fn\fP\fB, png_progressive_row_ptr \fP\fIrow_fn\fP\fB, png_progressive_end_ptr \fIend_fn\fP\fB);\fP
389

390
\fBvoid png_set_PLTE (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIpalette\fP\fB, int \fInum_palette\fP\fB);\fP
391

392 393
\fBvoid png_set_quantize (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_colorp \fP\fIpalette\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_palette\fP\fB, int \fP\fImaximum_colors\fP\fB, png_uint_16p \fP\fIhistogram\fP\fB, int \fIfull_quantize\fP\fB);\fP

394
\fBvoid png_set_read_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIio_ptr\fP\fB, png_rw_ptr \fIread_data_fn\fP\fB);\fP
395

396
\fBvoid png_set_read_status_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_read_status_ptr \fIread_row_fn\fP\fB);\fP
397

398 399
\fBvoid png_set_read_user_chunk_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIuser_chunk_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_chunk_ptr \fIread_user_chunk_fn\fP\fB);\fP

400
\fBvoid png_set_read_user_transform_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_transform_ptr \fIread_user_transform_fn\fP\fB);\fP
401

402 403
\fBvoid png_set_rgb_to_gray (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIerror_action\fP\fB, double \fP\fIred\fP\fB, double \fIgreen\fP\fB);\fP

404
\fBvoid png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int error_action png_uint_32 \fP\fIred\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIgreen\fP\fB);\fP
405

406 407
\fBvoid png_set_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIrow_pointers\fP\fB);\fP

408 409
\fBvoid png_set_sBIT (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fIsig_bit\fP\fB);\fP

410 411 412 413
\fBvoid png_set_sCAL (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, double \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, double \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_sCAL_fixed (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_fixed_point \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP

414 415 416 417
\fBvoid png_set_sCAL_s (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIunit\fP\fB, png_charp \fP\fIwidth\fP\fB, png_charp \fIheight\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_scale_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

418 419 420 421
\fBvoid png_set_shift (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_color_8p \fItrue_bits\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_sig_bytes (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_bytes\fP\fB);\fP

422
\fBvoid png_set_sPLT (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_spalette_p \fP\fIsplt_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_spalettes\fP\fB);\fP
423

424
\fBvoid png_set_sRGB (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsrgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
425

426
\fBvoid png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIsrgb_intent\fP\fB);\fP
427 428 429 430 431

\fBvoid png_set_strip_16 (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_strip_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

432 433
\fBvoid png_set_strip_error_numbers (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIstrip_mode\fP\fB);\fP

434 435 436 437 438 439
\fBvoid png_set_swap (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_swap_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_text (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_textp \fP\fItext_ptr\fP\fB, int \fInum_text\fP\fB);\fP

440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449
\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIlevel\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_mem_level (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImem_level\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_strategy (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIstrategy\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_text_compression_window_bits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fIwindow_bits\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid \fP\fIpng_set_text_compression_method\fP\fB, (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, int \fImethod)\fP\fB);\fP

450 451
\fBvoid png_set_tIME (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_timep \fImod_time\fP\fB);\fP

452
\fBvoid png_set_tRNS (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fItrans_alpha\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum_trans\fP\fB, png_color_16p \fItrans_color\fP\fB);\fP
453

454
\fBvoid png_set_tRNS_to_alpha (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP
455

456 457
\fBpng_uint_32 png_set_unknown_chunks (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, png_unknown_chunkp \fP\fIunknowns\fP\fB, int \fP\fInum\fP\fB, int \fIlocation\fP\fB);\fP

458
\fBvoid png_set_unknown_chunk_location (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIchunk\fP\fB, int \fIlocation\fP\fB);\fP
459

460 461
\fBvoid png_set_user_limits (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fP\fIuser_width_max\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIuser_height_max\fP\fB);\fP

462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491
\fBvoid png_set_user_transform_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIuser_transform_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fIuser_transform_depth\fP\fB, int \fIuser_transform_channels\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_write_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_voidp \fP\fIio_ptr\fP\fB, png_rw_ptr \fP\fIwrite_data_fn\fP\fB, png_flush_ptr \fIoutput_flush_fn\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_write_status_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_write_status_ptr \fIwrite_row_fn\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_set_write_user_transform_fn (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_user_transform_ptr \fIwrite_user_transform_fn\fP\fB);\fP

\fBint png_sig_cmp (png_bytep \fP\fIsig\fP\fB, png_size_t \fP\fIstart\fP\fB, png_size_t \fInum_to_check\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_start_read_image (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_warning (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_const_charp \fImessage\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_chunk (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_name\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIdata\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_chunk_data (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIdata\fP\fB, png_size_t \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_chunk_end (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_chunk_start (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fP\fIchunk_name\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fIlength\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_end (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_flush (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_image (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fIimage\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_info (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

492 493
\fBvoid png_write_info_before_PLTE (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

494
\fBvoid png_write_png (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_infop \fP\fIinfo_ptr\fP\fB, int \fP\fItransforms\fP\fB, png_voidp \fIparams\fP\fB);\fP
495

496 497 498 499
\fBvoid png_write_row (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytep \fIrow\fP\fB);\fP

\fBvoid png_write_rows (png_structp \fP\fIpng_ptr\fP\fB, png_bytepp \fP\fIrow\fP\fB, png_uint_32 \fInum_rows\fP\fB);\fP

500 501
\fBvoid png_write_sig (png_structp \fIpng_ptr\fP\fB);\fP

502 503 504 505 506 507 508
.SH DESCRIPTION
The
.I libpng
library supports encoding, decoding, and various manipulations of
the Portable Network Graphics (PNG) format image files.  It uses the
.IR zlib(3)
compression library.
509
Following is a copy of the libpng-manual.txt file that accompanies libpng.
510
.SH LIBPNG.TXT
511
libpng-manual.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng
512

513
 libpng version 1.6.28rc01 - January 3, 2017
514
 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
515
 <glennrp at users.sourceforge.net>
516
 Copyright (c) 1998-2016 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
517

518
 This document is released under the libpng license.
519
 For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer
520
 and license in png.h
521

522 523
 Based on:

524
 libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.6.28rc01 - January 3, 2017
525
 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson
526
 Copyright (c) 1998-2016 Glenn Randers-Pehrson
527

528
 libpng 1.0 beta 6 - version 0.96 - May 28, 1997
529
 Updated and distributed by Andreas Dilger
530 531
 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger

532
 libpng 1.0 beta 2 - version 0.88 - January 26, 1996
533 534
 For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright
 notice in png.h. Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric
535
 Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
536 537

 Updated/rewritten per request in the libpng FAQ
538 539
 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Frank J. T. Wojcik
 December 18, 1995 & January 20, 1996
540

541 542 543 544 545 546
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

    I. Introduction
   II. Structures
  III. Reading
   IV. Writing
547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558
    V. Simplified API
   VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
  VII. MNG support
 VIII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
   IX. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
    X. Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
   XI. Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
  XII. Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x
 XIII. Detecting libpng
  XIV. Source code repository
   XV. Coding style
  XVI. Y2K Compliance in libpng
559

560 561 562
.SH I. Introduction

This file describes how to use and modify the PNG reference library
563
(known as libpng) for your own use.  In addition to this
564 565
file, example.c is a good starting point for using the library, as
it is heavily commented and should include everything most people
566
will need.  We assume that libpng is already installed; see the
567
INSTALL file for instructions on how to configure and install libpng.
568

569
For examples of libpng usage, see the files "example.c", "pngtest.c",
570 571
and the files in the "contrib" directory, all of which are included in
the libpng distribution.
572

573 574
Libpng was written as a companion to the PNG specification, as a way
of reducing the amount of time and effort it takes to support the PNG
575 576
file format in application programs.

577
The PNG specification (second edition), November 2003, is available as
578
a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO Standard (ISO/IEC 15948:2004 (E)) at
579 580 581 582
<http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/
The W3C and ISO documents have identical technical content.

The PNG-1.2 specification is available at
583 584
<http://png-mng.sourceforge.net/pub/png/spec/1.2/>.
It is technically equivalent
585
to the PNG specification (second edition) but has some additional material.
586

587 588 589
The PNG-1.0 specification is available as RFC 2083 
<http://png-mng.sourceforge.net/pub/png/spec/1.0/> and as a
W3C Recommendation <http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-png-961001>.
590 591

Some additional chunks are described in the special-purpose public chunks
592
documents at <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/spec/register/>
593 594

Other information
595
about PNG, and the latest version of libpng, can be found at the PNG home
596
page, <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>.
597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612

Most users will not have to modify the library significantly; advanced
users may want to modify it more.  All attempts were made to make it as
complete as possible, while keeping the code easy to understand.
Currently, this library only supports C.  Support for other languages
is being considered.

Libpng has been designed to handle multiple sessions at one time,
to be easily modifiable, to be portable to the vast majority of
machines (ANSI, K&R, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit) available, and to be easy
to use.  The ultimate goal of libpng is to promote the acceptance of
the PNG file format in whatever way possible.  While there is still
work to be done (see the TODO file), libpng should cover the
majority of the needs of its users.

Libpng uses zlib for its compression and decompression of PNG files.
613
Further information about zlib, and the latest version of zlib, can
614
be found at the zlib home page, <http://zlib.net/>.
615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624
The zlib compression utility is a general purpose utility that is
useful for more than PNG files, and can be used without libpng.
See the documentation delivered with zlib for more details.
You can usually find the source files for the zlib utility wherever you
find the libpng source files.

Libpng is thread safe, provided the threads are using different
instances of the structures.  Each thread should have its own
png_struct and png_info instances, and thus its own image.
Libpng does not protect itself against two threads using the
625
same instance of a structure.
626 627 628 629

.SH II. Structures

There are two main structures that are important to libpng, png_struct
630 631
and png_info.  Both are internal structures that are no longer exposed
in the libpng interface (as of libpng 1.5.0).
632 633 634 635 636

The png_info structure is designed to provide information about the
PNG file.  At one time, the fields of png_info were intended to be
directly accessible to the user.  However, this tended to cause problems
with applications using dynamically loaded libraries, and as a result
637
a set of interface functions for png_info (the png_get_*() and png_set_*()
638 639
functions) was developed, and direct access to the png_info fields was
deprecated..
640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647

The png_struct structure is the object used by the library to decode a
single image.  As of 1.5.0 this structure is also not exposed.

Almost all libpng APIs require a pointer to a png_struct as the first argument.
Many (in particular the png_set and png_get APIs) also require a pointer
to png_info as the second argument.  Some application visible macros
defined in png.h designed for basic data access (reading and writing
648 649 650 651 652 653 654
integers in the PNG format) don't take a png_info pointer, but it's almost
always safe to assume that a (png_struct*) has to be passed to call an API
function.

You can have more than one png_info structure associated with an image,
as illustrated in pngtest.c, one for information valid prior to the
IDAT chunks and another (called "end_info" below) for things after them.
655 656 657 658 659 660

The png.h header file is an invaluable reference for programming with libpng.
And while I'm on the topic, make sure you include the libpng header file:

#include <png.h>

661 662 663 664
and also (as of libpng-1.5.0) the zlib header file, if you need it:

#include <zlib.h>

665 666 667 668 669 670 671
.SS Types

The png.h header file defines a number of integral types used by the
APIs.  Most of these are fairly obvious; for example types corresponding
to integers of particular sizes and types for passing color values.

One exception is how non-integral numbers are handled.  For application
672 673
convenience most APIs that take such numbers have C (double) arguments;
however, internally PNG, and libpng, use 32 bit signed integers and encode
674 675 676 677
the value by multiplying by 100,000.  As of libpng 1.5.0 a convenience
macro PNG_FP_1 is defined in png.h along with a type (png_fixed_point)
which is simply (png_int_32).

678
All APIs that take (double) arguments also have a matching API that
679
takes the corresponding fixed point integer arguments.  The fixed point
680
API has the same name as the floating point one with "_fixed" appended.
681
The actual range of values permitted in the APIs is frequently less than
682
the full range of (png_fixed_point) (\-21474 to +21474).  When APIs require
683 684 685
a non-negative argument the type is recorded as png_uint_32 above.  Consult
the header file and the text below for more information.

686 687 688 689
Special care must be take with sCAL chunk handling because the chunk itself
uses non-integral values encoded as strings containing decimal floating point
numbers.  See the comments in the header file.

690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697
.SS Configuration

The main header file function declarations are frequently protected by C
preprocessing directives of the form:

    #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
    declare-function
    #endif
698 699 700 701
    ...
    #ifdef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED
    use-function
    #endif
702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709

The library can be built without support for these APIs, although a
standard build will have all implemented APIs.  Application programs
should check the feature macros before using an API for maximum
portability.  From libpng 1.5.0 the feature macros set during the build
of libpng are recorded in the header file "pnglibconf.h" and this file
is always included by png.h.

710
If you don't need to change the library configuration from the default, skip to
711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722
the next section ("Reading").

Notice that some of the makefiles in the 'scripts' directory and (in 1.5.0) all
of the build project files in the 'projects' directory simply copy
scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h.  This means that these build
systems do not permit easy auto-configuration of the library - they only
support the default configuration.

The easiest way to make minor changes to the libpng configuration when
auto-configuration is supported is to add definitions to the command line
using (typically) CPPFLAGS.  For example:

723
CPPFLAGS=\-DPNG_NO_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC
724 725 726 727 728 729 730

will change the internal libpng math implementation for gamma correction and
other arithmetic calculations to fixed point, avoiding the need for fast
floating point support.  The result can be seen in the generated pnglibconf.h -
make sure it contains the changed feature macro setting.

If you need to make more extensive configuration changes - more than one or two
731
feature macro settings - you can either add \-DPNG_USER_CONFIG to the build
732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741
command line and put a list of feature macro settings in pngusr.h or you can set
DFA_XTRA (a makefile variable) to a file containing the same information in the
form of 'option' settings.

A. Changing pnglibconf.h

A variety of methods exist to build libpng.  Not all of these support
reconfiguration of pnglibconf.h.  To reconfigure pnglibconf.h it must either be
rebuilt from scripts/pnglibconf.dfa using awk or it must be edited by hand.

742 743 744 745 746
Hand editing is achieved by copying scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to
pnglibconf.h and changing the lines defining the supported features, paying
very close attention to the 'option' information in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa
that describes those features and their requirements.  This is easy to get
wrong.
747 748 749 750 751 752

B. Configuration using DFA_XTRA

Rebuilding from pnglibconf.dfa is easy if a functioning 'awk', or a later
variant such as 'nawk' or 'gawk', is available.  The configure build will
automatically find an appropriate awk and build pnglibconf.h.
753 754 755
The scripts/pnglibconf.mak file contains a set of make rules for doing the
same thing if configure is not used, and many of the makefiles in the scripts
directory use this approach.
756

757
When rebuilding simply write a new file containing changed options and set
758
DFA_XTRA to the name of this file.  This causes the build to append the new file
759 760
to the end of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa.  The pngusr.dfa file should contain lines
of the following forms:
761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783

everything = off

This turns all optional features off.  Include it at the start of pngusr.dfa to
make it easier to build a minimal configuration.  You will need to turn at least
some features on afterward to enable either reading or writing code, or both.

option feature on
option feature off

Enable or disable a single feature.  This will automatically enable other
features required by a feature that is turned on or disable other features that
require a feature which is turned off.  Conflicting settings will cause an error
message to be emitted by awk.

setting feature default value

Changes the default value of setting 'feature' to 'value'.  There are a small
number of settings listed at the top of pnglibconf.h, they are documented in the
source code.  Most of these values have performance implications for the library
but most of them have no visible effect on the API.  Some can also be overridden
from the API.

784 785 786 787
This method of building a customized pnglibconf.h is illustrated in
contrib/pngminim/*.  See the "$(PNGCONF):" target in the makefile and
pngusr.dfa in these directories.

788
C. Configuration using PNG_USER_CONFIG
789

790 791
If \-DPNG_USER_CONFIG is added to the CPPFLAGS when pnglibconf.h is built,
the file pngusr.h will automatically be included before the options in
792 793
scripts/pnglibconf.dfa are processed.  Your pngusr.h file should contain only
macro definitions turning features on or off or setting settings.
794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823

Apart from the global setting "everything = off" all the options listed above
can be set using macros in pngusr.h:

#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED

is equivalent to:

option feature on

#define PNG_NO_feature

is equivalent to:

option feature off

#define PNG_feature value

is equivalent to:

setting feature default value

Notice that in both cases, pngusr.dfa and pngusr.h, the contents of the
pngusr file you supply override the contents of scripts/pnglibconf.dfa

If confusing or incomprehensible behavior results it is possible to
examine the intermediate file pnglibconf.dfn to find the full set of
dependency information for each setting and option.  Simply locate the
feature in the file and read the C comments that precede it.

824 825 826
This method is also illustrated in the contrib/pngminim/* makefiles and
pngusr.h.

827 828 829
.SH III. Reading

We'll now walk you through the possible functions to call when reading
830 831 832 833 834 835 836
in a PNG file sequentially, briefly explaining the syntax and purpose
of each one.  See example.c and png.h for more detail.  While
progressive reading is covered in the next section, you will still
need some of the functions discussed in this section to read a PNG
file.

.SS Setup
837 838 839 840 841

You will want to do the I/O initialization(*) before you get into libpng,
so if it doesn't work, you don't have much to undo.  Of course, you
will also want to insure that you are, in fact, dealing with a PNG
file.  Libpng provides a simple check to see if a file is a PNG file.
842
To use it, pass in the first 1 to 8 bytes of the file to the function
843 844 845 846
png_sig_cmp(), and it will return 0 (false) if the bytes match the
corresponding bytes of the PNG signature, or nonzero (true) otherwise.
Of course, the more bytes you pass in, the greater the accuracy of the
prediction.
847 848 849

If you are intending to keep the file pointer open for use in libpng,
you must ensure you don't read more than 8 bytes from the beginning
850
of the file, and you also have to make a call to png_set_sig_bytes()
851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860
with the number of bytes you read from the beginning.  Libpng will
then only check the bytes (if any) that your program didn't read.

(*): If you are not using the standard I/O functions, you will need
to replace them with custom functions.  See the discussion under
Customizing libpng.

    FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb");
    if (!fp)
    {
861
       return (ERROR);
862
    }
863

864 865 866 867
    if (fread(header, 1, number, fp) != number)
    {
       return (ERROR);
    }
868

869
    is_png = !png_sig_cmp(header, 0, number);
870 871
    if (!is_png)
    {
872
       return (NOT_PNG);
873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882
    }

Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized.  In
order to ensure that the size of these structures is correct even with a
dynamically linked libpng, there are functions to initialize and
allocate the structures.  We also pass the library version, optional
pointers to error handling functions, and a pointer to a data struct for
use by the error functions, if necessary (the pointer and functions can
be NULL if the default error handlers are to be used).  See the section
on Changes to Libpng below regarding the old initialization functions.
883 884
The structure allocation functions quietly return NULL if they fail to
create the structure, so your application should check for that.
885 886

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
887
        (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
888
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
889

890
    if (!png_ptr)
891
       return (ERROR);
892 893

    png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
894

895 896
    if (!info_ptr)
    {
897
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr,
898
           (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL);
899
       return (ERROR);
900 901
    }

902
If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
903
use a libpng that was built with PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED defined, and use
904 905 906
png_create_read_struct_2() instead of png_create_read_struct():

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct_2
907
        (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
908 909 910 911 912 913 914
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
        user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);

The error handling routines passed to png_create_read_struct()
and the memory alloc/free routines passed to png_create_struct_2()
are only necessary if you are not using the libpng supplied error
handling and memory alloc/free functions.
915

916
When libpng encounters an error, it expects to longjmp back
917
to your routine.  Therefore, you will need to call setjmp and pass
918
your png_jmpbuf(png_ptr).  If you read the file from different
919
routines, you will need to update the longjmp buffer every time you enter
920
a new routine that will call a png_*() function.
921 922

See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp for your compiler for more
923 924 925
information on setjmp/longjmp.  See the discussion on libpng error
handling in the Customizing Libpng section below for more information
on the libpng error handling.  If an error occurs, and libpng longjmp's
926 927 928
back to your setjmp, you will want to call png_destroy_read_struct() to
free any memory.

929
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
930
    {
931
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
932
           &end_info);
933 934
       fclose(fp);
       return (ERROR);
935 936
    }

937 938 939
Pass (png_infopp)NULL instead of &end_info if you didn't create
an end_info structure.

940
If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
941
you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
942 943
errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().

944 945 946 947
You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
return.

948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963
Now you need to set up the input code.  The default for libpng is to
use the C function fread().  If you use this, you will need to pass a
valid FILE * in the function png_init_io().  Be sure that the file is
opened in binary mode.  If you wish to handle reading data in another
way, you need not call the png_init_io() function, but you must then
implement the libpng I/O methods discussed in the Customizing Libpng
section below.

    png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);

If you had previously opened the file and read any of the signature from
the beginning in order to see if this was a PNG file, you need to let
libpng know that there are some bytes missing from the start of the file.

    png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, number);

964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972
You can change the zlib compression buffer size to be used while
reading compressed data with

    png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, buffer_size);

where the default size is 8192 bytes.  Note that the buffer size
is changed immediately and the buffer is reallocated immediately,
instead of setting a flag to be acted upon later.

973 974 975 976 977 978 979
If you want CRC errors to be handled in a different manner than
the default, use

    png_set_crc_action(png_ptr, crit_action, ancil_action);

The values for png_set_crc_action() say how libpng is to handle CRC errors in
ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained
980 981 982
therein. Starting with libpng-1.6.26, this also governs how an ADLER32 error
is handled while reading the IDAT chunk. Note that it is impossible to
"discard" data in a critical chunk.
983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998

Choices for (int) crit_action are
   PNG_CRC_DEFAULT      0  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT   1  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_WARN_USE     3  warn/use data
   PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE    4  quiet/use data
   PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE    5  use the current value

Choices for (int) ancil_action are
   PNG_CRC_DEFAULT      0  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT   1  error/quit
   PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2  warn/discard data
   PNG_CRC_WARN_USE     3  warn/use data
   PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE    4  quiet/use data
   PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE    5  use the current value

999 1000 1001
When the setting for crit_action is PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE, the CRC and ADLER32
checksums are not only ignored, but they are not evaluated.

1002 1003 1004 1005 1006
.SS Setting up callback code

You can set up a callback function to handle any unknown chunks in the
input stream. You must supply the function

1007
    read_chunk_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
1008 1009 1010
         png_unknown_chunkp chunk);
    {
       /* The unknown chunk structure contains your
1011 1012 1013
          chunk data, along with similar data for any other
          unknown chunks: */

1014 1015 1016
           png_byte name[5];
           png_byte *data;
           png_size_t size;
1017

1018 1019
       /* Note that libpng has already taken care of
          the CRC handling */
1020

1021 1022 1023
       /* put your code here.  Search for your chunk in the
          unknown chunk structure, process it, and return one
          of the following: */
1024

1025
       return (\-n); /* chunk had an error */
1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042
       return (0); /* did not recognize */
       return (n); /* success */
    }

(You can give your function another name that you like instead of
"read_chunk_callback")

To inform libpng about your function, use

    png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, user_chunk_ptr,
        read_chunk_callback);

This names not only the callback function, but also a user pointer that
you can retrieve with

    png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr);

1043
If you call the png_set_read_user_chunk_fn() function, then all unknown
1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051
chunks which the callback does not handle will be saved when read.  You can
cause them to be discarded by returning '1' ("handled") instead of '0'.  This
behavior will change in libpng 1.7 and the default handling set by the
png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() function, described below, will be used when the
callback returns 0.  If you want the existing behavior you should set the global
default to PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE now; this is compatible with all current
versions of libpng and with 1.7.  Libpng 1.6 issues a warning if you keep the
default, or PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER, and the callback returns 0.
1052

1053 1054 1055 1056 1057
At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
called after each row has been read, which you can use to control
a progress meter or the like.  It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
You must supply a function

1058 1059
    void read_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr,
       png_uint_32 row, int pass);
1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068
    {
      /* put your code here */
    }

(You can give it another name that you like instead of "read_row_callback")

To inform libpng about your function, use

    png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr, read_row_callback);
1069

1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075
When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
the 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be handled.  For the
non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
passed in row number, and pass will always be 0.  For the interlaced case the
same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
the last one from one of the preceding passes.  Because interlacing may skip a
1076
pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass\-1'; if you really
1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082
need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
the last recorded value each time.

As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.

1083 1084 1085 1086 1087
.SS Unknown-chunk handling

Now you get to set the way the library processes unknown chunks in the
input PNG stream. Both known and unknown chunks will be read.  Normal
behavior is that known chunks will be parsed into information in
1088 1089 1090
various info_ptr members while unknown chunks will be discarded. This
behavior can be wasteful if your application will never use some known
chunk types. To change this, you can call:
1091

1092
    png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, keep,
1093
        chunk_list, num_chunks);
1094

1095 1096
    keep       - 0: default unknown chunk handling
                 1: ignore; do not keep
1097 1098
                 2: keep only if safe-to-copy
                 3: keep even if unsafe-to-copy
1099

1100 1101 1102 1103 1104
               You can use these definitions:
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT   0
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER        1
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE      2
                 PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS       3
1105

1106 1107
    chunk_list - list of chunks affected (a byte string,
                 five bytes per chunk, NULL or '\0' if
1108 1109
                 num_chunks is positive; ignored if
                 numchunks <= 0).
1110

1111
    num_chunks - number of chunks affected; if 0, all
1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117
                 unknown chunks are affected.  If positive,
                 only the chunks in the list are affected,
                 and if negative all unknown chunks and
                 all known chunks except for the IHDR,
                 PLTE, tRNS, IDAT, and IEND chunks are
                 affected.
1118

1119 1120 1121 1122 1123
Unknown chunks declared in this way will be saved as raw data onto a
list of png_unknown_chunk structures.  If a chunk that is normally
known to libpng is named in the list, it will be handled as unknown,
according to the "keep" directive.  If a chunk is named in successive
instances of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), the final instance will
1124 1125
take precedence.  The IHDR and IEND chunks should not be named in
chunk_list; if they are, libpng will process them normally anyway.
1126 1127
If you know that your application will never make use of some particular
chunks, use PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER (or 1) as demonstrated below.
1128

1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149
Here is an example of the usage of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(),
where the private "vpAg" chunk will later be processed by a user chunk
callback function:

    png_byte vpAg[5]={118, 112,  65, 103, (png_byte) '\0'};

    #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
      png_byte unused_chunks[]=
      {
        104,  73,  83,  84, (png_byte) '\0',   /* hIST */
        105,  84,  88, 116, (png_byte) '\0',   /* iTXt */
        112,  67,  65,  76, (png_byte) '\0',   /* pCAL */
        115,  67,  65,  76, (png_byte) '\0',   /* sCAL */
        115,  80,  76,  84, (png_byte) '\0',   /* sPLT */
        116,  73,  77,  69, (png_byte) '\0',   /* tIME */
      };
    #endif

    ...

    #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED)
1150 1151 1152 1153
      /* ignore all unknown chunks
       * (use global setting "2" for libpng16 and earlier):
       */
      png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, NULL, 0);
1154

1155 1156
      /* except for vpAg: */
      png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, vpAg, 1);
1157

1158 1159
      /* also ignore unused known chunks: */
      png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, unused_chunks,
1160
         (int)(sizeof unused_chunks)/5);
1161 1162
    #endif

1163 1164 1165
.SS User limits

The PNG specification allows the width and height of an image to be as
1166
large as 2^(31\-1 (0x7fffffff), or about 2.147 billion rows and columns.
1167
For safety, libpng imposes a default limit of 1 million rows and columns.
1168
Larger images will be rejected immediately with a png_error() call. If
1169
you wish to change these limits, you can use
1170 1171 1172

   png_set_user_limits(png_ptr, width_max, height_max);

1173
to set your own limits (libpng may reject some very wide images
1174 1175 1176 1177
anyway because of potential buffer overflow conditions).

You should put this statement after you create the PNG structure and
before calling png_read_info(), png_read_png(), or png_process_data().
1178 1179 1180 1181

When writing a PNG datastream, put this statement before calling
png_write_info() or png_write_png().

1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187
If you need to retrieve the limits that are being applied, use

   width_max = png_get_user_width_max(png_ptr);
   height_max = png_get_user_height_max(png_ptr);

The PNG specification sets no limit on the number of ancillary chunks
1188 1189 1190 1191 1192
allowed in a PNG datastream.  By default, libpng imposes a limit of
a total of 1000 sPLT, tEXt, iTXt, zTXt, and unknown chunks to be stored.
If you have set up both info_ptr and end_info_ptr, the limit applies
separately to each.  You can change the limit on the total number of such
chunks that will be stored, with
1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199

   png_set_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_cache_max);

where 0x7fffffffL means unlimited.  You can retrieve this limit with

   chunk_cache_max = png_get_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr);

1200 1201 1202
Libpng imposes a limit of 8 Megabytes (8,000,000 bytes) on the amount of
memory that a compressed chunk other than IDAT can occupy, when decompressed.
You can change this limit with
1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212

   png_set_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_malloc_max);

and you can retrieve the limit with

   chunk_malloc_max = png_get_chunk_malloc_max(png_ptr);

Any chunks that would cause either of these limits to be exceeded will
be ignored.

1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218
.SS Information about your system

If you intend to display the PNG or to incorporate it in other image data you
need to tell libpng information about your display or drawing surface so that
libpng can convert the values in the image to match the display.

1219
From libpng-1.5.4 this information can be set before reading the PNG file
1220 1221 1222 1223
header.  In earlier versions png_set_gamma() existed but behaved incorrectly if
called before the PNG file header had been read and png_set_alpha_mode() did not
exist.

1224
If you need to support versions prior to libpng-1.5.4 test the version number
1225 1226
as illustrated below using "PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504" and follow the procedures
described in the appropriate manual page.
1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232

You give libpng the encoding expected by your system expressed as a 'gamma'
value.  You can also specify a default encoding for the PNG file in
case the required information is missing from the file.  By default libpng
assumes that the PNG data matches your system, to keep this default call:

1233
   png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, output_gamma);
1234 1235 1236

or you can use the fixed point equivalent:

1237
   png_set_gamma_fixed(png_ptr, PNG_FP_1*screen_gamma,
1238
      PNG_FP_1*output_gamma);
1239

1240
If you don't know the gamma for your system it is probably 2.2 - a good
1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246
approximation to the IEC standard for display systems (sRGB).  If images are
too contrasty or washed out you got the value wrong - check your system
documentation!

Many systems permit the system gamma to be changed via a lookup table in the
display driver, a few systems, including older Macs, change the response by
1247
default.  As of 1.5.4 three special values are available to handle common
1248 1249
situations:

1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258
   PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB: Indicates that the system conforms to the
                     IEC 61966-2-1 standard.  This matches almost
                     all systems.
   PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18: Indicates that the system is an older
                     (pre Mac OS 10.6) Apple Macintosh system with
                     the default settings.
   PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR: Just the fixed point value for 1.0 - indicates
                     that the system expects data with no gamma
                     encoding.
1259 1260

You would use the linear (unencoded) value if you need to process the pixel
1261
values further because this avoids the need to decode and re-encode each
1262 1263 1264 1265
component value whenever arithmetic is performed.  A lot of graphics software
uses linear values for this reason, often with higher precision component values
to preserve overall accuracy.

1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329

The output_gamma value expresses how to decode the output values, not how
they are encoded.  The values used correspond to the normal numbers used to
describe the overall gamma of a computer display system; for example 2.2 for
an sRGB conformant system.  The values are scaled by 100000 in the _fixed
version of the API (so 220000 for sRGB.)

The inverse of the value is always used to provide a default for the PNG file
encoding if it has no gAMA chunk and if png_set_gamma() has not been called
to override the PNG gamma information.

When the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode is selected the output gamma is used to encode
opaque pixels however pixels with lower alpha values are not encoded,
regardless of the output gamma setting.

When the standard Porter Duff handling is requested with mode 1 the output
encoding is set to be linear and the output_gamma value is only relevant
as a default for input data that has no gamma information.  The linear output
encoding will be overridden if png_set_gamma() is called - the results may be
highly unexpected!

The following numbers are derived from the sRGB standard and the research
behind it.  sRGB is defined to be approximated by a PNG gAMA chunk value of
0.45455 (1/2.2) for PNG.  The value implicitly includes any viewing
correction required to take account of any differences in the color
environment of the original scene and the intended display environment; the
value expresses how to *decode* the image for display, not how the original
data was *encoded*.

sRGB provides a peg for the PNG standard by defining a viewing environment.
sRGB itself, and earlier TV standards, actually use a more complex transform
(a linear portion then a gamma 2.4 power law) than PNG can express.  (PNG is
limited to simple power laws.)  By saying that an image for direct display on
an sRGB conformant system should be stored with a gAMA chunk value of 45455
(11.3.3.2 and 11.3.3.5 of the ISO PNG specification) the PNG specification
makes it possible to derive values for other display systems and
environments.

The Mac value is deduced from the sRGB based on an assumption that the actual
extra viewing correction used in early Mac display systems was implemented as
a power 1.45 lookup table.

Any system where a programmable lookup table is used or where the behavior of
the final display device characteristics can be changed requires system
specific code to obtain the current characteristic.  However this can be
difficult and most PNG gamma correction only requires an approximate value.

By default, if png_set_alpha_mode() is not called, libpng assumes that all
values are unencoded, linear, values and that the output device also has a
linear characteristic.  This is only very rarely correct - it is invariably
better to call png_set_alpha_mode() with PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB than rely on the
default if you don't know what the right answer is!

The special value PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18 indicates an older Mac system (pre Mac OS
10.6) which used a correction table to implement a somewhat lower gamma on an
otherwise sRGB system.

Both these values are reserved (not simple gamma values) in order to allow
more precise correction internally in the future.

NOTE: the values can be passed to either the fixed or floating
point APIs, but the floating point API will also accept floating point
values.

1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335
The second thing you may need to tell libpng about is how your system handles
alpha channel information.  Some, but not all, PNG files contain an alpha
channel.  To display these files correctly you need to compose the data onto a
suitable background, as described in the PNG specification.

Libpng only supports composing onto a single color (using png_set_background;
1336
see below).  Otherwise you must do the composition yourself and, in this case,
1337 1338
you may need to call png_set_alpha_mode:

1339 1340 1341 1342 1343
   #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
      png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, mode, screen_gamma);
   #else
      png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 1.0/screen_gamma);
   #endif
1344

1345 1346 1347
The screen_gamma value is the same as the argument to png_set_gamma; however,
how it affects the output depends on the mode.  png_set_alpha_mode() sets the
file gamma default to 1/screen_gamma, so normally you don't need to call
1348 1349 1350
png_set_gamma.  If you need different defaults call png_set_gamma() before
png_set_alpha_mode() - if you call it after it will override the settings made
by png_set_alpha_mode().
1351 1352 1353

The mode is as follows:

1354 1355 1356 1357 1358
    PNG_ALPHA_PNG: The data is encoded according to the PNG
specification.  Red, green and blue, or gray, components are
gamma encoded color values and are not premultiplied by the
alpha value.  The alpha value is a linear measure of the
contribution of the pixel to the corresponding final output pixel.
1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371

You should normally use this format if you intend to perform
color correction on the color values; most, maybe all, color
correction software has no handling for the alpha channel and,
anyway, the math to handle pre-multiplied component values is
unnecessarily complex.

Before you do any arithmetic on the component values you need
to remove the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha
channel.  See the PNG specification for more detail.  It is
important to note that when an image with an alpha channel is
scaled, linear encoded, pre-multiplied component values must
be used!
1372 1373

The remaining modes assume you don't need to do any further color correction or
1374
that if you do, your color correction software knows all about alpha (it
1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403
probably doesn't!).  They 'associate' the alpha with the color information by
storing color channel values that have been scaled by the alpha.  The
advantage is that the color channels can be resampled (the image can be
scaled) in this form.  The disadvantage is that normal practice is to store
linear, not (gamma) encoded, values and this requires 16-bit channels for
still images rather than the 8-bit channels that are just about sufficient if
gamma encoding is used.  In addition all non-transparent pixel values,
including completely opaque ones, must be gamma encoded to produce the final
image.  These are the 'STANDARD', 'ASSOCIATED' or 'PREMULTIPLIED' modes
described below (the latter being the two common names for associated alpha
color channels). Note that PNG files always contain non-associated color
channels; png_set_alpha_mode() with one of the modes causes the decoder to
convert the pixels to an associated form before returning them to your
application. 

Since it is not necessary to perform arithmetic on opaque color values so
long as they are not to be resampled and are in the final color space it is
possible to optimize the handling of alpha by storing the opaque pixels in
the PNG format (adjusted for the output color space) while storing partially
opaque pixels in the standard, linear, format.  The accuracy required for
standard alpha composition is relatively low, because the pixels are
isolated, therefore typically the accuracy loss in storing 8-bit linear
values is acceptable.  (This is not true if the alpha channel is used to
simulate transparency over large areas - use 16 bits or the PNG mode in
this case!)  This is the 'OPTIMIZED' mode.  For this mode a pixel is
treated as opaque only if the alpha value is equal to the maximum value.

    PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD:  The data libpng produces is encoded in the
standard way assumed by most correctly written graphics software.
1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431
The gamma encoding will be removed by libpng and the
linear component values will be pre-multiplied by the
alpha channel.

With this format the final image must be re-encoded to
match the display gamma before the image is displayed.
If your system doesn't do that, yet still seems to
perform arithmetic on the pixels without decoding them,
it is broken - check out the modes below.

With PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD libpng always produces linear
component values, whatever screen_gamma you supply.  The
screen_gamma value is, however, used as a default for
the file gamma if the PNG file has no gamma information.

If you call png_set_gamma() after png_set_alpha_mode() you
will override the linear encoding.  Instead the
pre-multiplied pixel values will be gamma encoded but
the alpha channel will still be linear.  This may
actually match the requirements of some broken software,
but it is unlikely.

While linear 8-bit data is often used it has
insufficient precision for any image with a reasonable
dynamic range.  To avoid problems, and if your software
supports it, use png_set_expand_16() to force all
components to 16 bits.

1432 1433
    PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED: This mode is the same as PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD
except that completely opaque pixels are gamma encoded according to
1434 1435 1436 1437
the screen_gamma value.  Pixels with alpha less than 1.0
will still have linear components.

Use this format if you have control over your
1438
compositing software and so don't do other arithmetic
1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451
(such as scaling) on the data you get from libpng.  Your
compositing software can simply copy opaque pixels to
the output but still has linear values for the
non-opaque pixels.

In normal compositing, where the alpha channel encodes
partial pixel coverage (as opposed to broad area
translucency), the inaccuracies of the 8-bit
representation of non-opaque pixels are irrelevant.

You can also try this format if your software is broken;
it might look better.

1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461
    PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN: This is PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD; however, all component
values, including the alpha channel are gamma encoded.  This is
broken because, in practice, no implementation that uses this choice
correctly undoes the encoding before handling alpha composition.  Use this
choice only if other serious errors in the software or hardware you use
mandate it.  In most cases of broken software or hardware the bug in the
final display manifests as a subtle halo around composited parts of the
image.  You may not even perceive this as a halo; the composited part of
the image may simply appear separate from the background, as though it had
been cut out of paper and pasted on afterward.
1462 1463

If you don't have to deal with bugs in software or hardware, or if you can fix
1464
them, there are three recommended ways of using png_set_alpha_mode():
1465

1466 1467
   png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_PNG,
       screen_gamma);
1468

1469
You can do color correction on the result (libpng does not currently
1470
support color correction internally).  When you handle the alpha channel
1471 1472 1473 1474
you need to undo the gamma encoding and multiply out the alpha.

   png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD,
       screen_gamma);
1475 1476
   png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);

1477
If you are using the high level interface, don't call png_set_expand_16();
1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484
instead pass PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 to the interface.

With this mode you can't do color correction, but you can do arithmetic,
including composition and scaling, on the data without further processing.

   png_set_alpha_mode(png_ptr, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED,
       screen_gamma);
1485

1486 1487 1488
You can avoid the expansion to 16-bit components with this mode, but you
lose the ability to scale the image or perform other linear arithmetic.
All you can do is compose the result onto a matching output.  Since this
1489
mode is libpng-specific you also need to write your own composition
1490
software.
1491

1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574
The following are examples of calls to png_set_alpha_mode to achieve the
required overall gamma correction and, where necessary, alpha
premultiplication.

    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);

This is the default libpng handling of the alpha channel - it is not
pre-multiplied into the color components.  In addition the call states
that the output is for a sRGB system and causes all PNG files without gAMA
chunks to be assumed to be encoded using sRGB.

    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC);

In this case the output is assumed to be something like an sRGB conformant
display preceeded by a power-law lookup table of power 1.45.  This is how
early Mac systems behaved.

    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR);

This is the classic Jim Blinn approach and will work in academic
environments where everything is done by the book.  It has the shortcoming
of assuming that input PNG data with no gamma information is linear - this
is unlikely to be correct unless the PNG files where generated locally.
Most of the time the output precision will be so low as to show
significant banding in dark areas of the image.

    png_set_expand_16(pp);
    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);

This is a somewhat more realistic Jim Blinn inspired approach.  PNG files
are assumed to have the sRGB encoding if not marked with a gamma value and
the output is always 16 bits per component.  This permits accurate scaling
and processing of the data.  If you know that your input PNG files were
generated locally you might need to replace PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB with the
correct value for your system.

    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);

If you just need to composite the PNG image onto an existing background
and if you control the code that does this you can use the optimization
setting.  In this case you just copy completely opaque pixels to the
output.  For pixels that are not completely transparent (you just skip
those) you do the composition math using png_composite or png_composite_16
below then encode the resultant 8-bit or 16-bit values to match the output
encoding.

    Other cases

If neither the PNG nor the standard linear encoding work for you because
of the software or hardware you use then you have a big problem.  The PNG
case will probably result in halos around the image.  The linear encoding
will probably result in a washed out, too bright, image (it's actually too
contrasty.)  Try the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode above - this will probably
substantially reduce the halos.  Alternatively try:

    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);

This option will also reduce the halos, but there will be slight dark
halos round the opaque parts of the image where the background is light.
In the OPTIMIZED mode the halos will be light halos where the background
is dark.  Take your pick - the halos are unavoidable unless you can get
your hardware/software fixed!  (The OPTIMIZED approach is slightly
faster.)

When the default gamma of PNG files doesn't match the output gamma.
If you have PNG files with no gamma information png_set_alpha_mode allows
you to provide a default gamma, but it also sets the ouput gamma to the
matching value.  If you know your PNG files have a gamma that doesn't
match the output you can take advantage of the fact that
png_set_alpha_mode always sets the output gamma but only sets the PNG
default if it is not already set:

    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB);
    png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC);

The first call sets both the default and the output gamma values, the
second call overrides the output gamma without changing the default.  This
is easier than achieving the same effect with png_set_gamma.  You must use
PNG_ALPHA_PNG for the first call - internal checking in png_set_alpha will
fire if more than one call to png_set_alpha_mode and png_set_background is
made in the same read operation, however multiple calls with PNG_ALPHA_PNG
are ignored.

1575
If you don't need, or can't handle, the alpha channel you can call
1576 1577
png_set_background() to remove it by compositing against a fixed color.  Don't
call png_set_strip_alpha() to do this - it will leave spurious pixel values in
1578 1579
transparent parts of this image.

1580 1581
   png_set_background(png_ptr, &background_color,
       PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0, 1);
1582 1583 1584

The background_color is an RGB or grayscale value according to the data format
libpng will produce for you.  Because you don't yet know the format of the PNG
1585
file, if you call png_set_background at this point you must arrange for the
1586 1587 1588 1589
format produced by libpng to always have 8-bit or 16-bit components and then
store the color as an 8-bit or 16-bit color as appropriate.  The color contains
separate gray and RGB component values, so you can let libpng produce gray or
RGB output according to the input format, but low bit depth grayscale images
1590
must always be converted to at least 8-bit format.  (Even though low bit depth
1591 1592 1593 1594 1595
grayscale images can't have an alpha channel they can have a transparent
color!)

You set the transforms you need later, either as flags to the high level
interface or libpng API calls for the low level interface.  For reference the
1596
settings and API calls required are:
1597 1598

8-bit values:
1599 1600
   PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 | PNG_EXPAND
   png_set_expand(png_ptr); png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
1601

1602 1603
   If you must get exactly the same inaccurate results
   produced by default in versions prior to libpng-1.5.4,
1604
   use PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 and png_set_strip_16(png_ptr)
1605 1606
   instead.

1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615
16-bit values:
   PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16
   png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);

In either case palette image data will be expanded to RGB.  If you just want
color data you can add PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB or png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr)
to the list.

Calling png_set_background before the PNG file header is read will not work
1616
prior to libpng-1.5.4.  Because the failure may result in unexpected warnings or
1617
errors it is therefore much safer to call png_set_background after the head has
1618
been read.  Unfortunately this means that prior to libpng-1.5.4 it cannot be
1619 1620
used with the high level interface.

1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629
.SS The high-level read interface

At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
read interface, or through a sequence of low-level read operations.
You can use the high-level interface if (a) you are willing to read
the entire image into memory, and (b) the input transformations
you want to do are limited to the following set:

    PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY      No transformation
1630 1631 1632 1633
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16      Strip 16-bit samples to
                                8-bit accurately
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16      Chop 16-bit samples to
                                8-bit less accurately
1634
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA   Discard the alpha channel
1635 1636 1637 1638
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING       Expand 1, 2 and 4-bit
                                samples to bytes
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP      Change order of packed
                                pixels to LSB first
1639 1640
    PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND        Perform set_expand()
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO   Invert monochrome images
1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT         Normalize pixels to the
                                sBIT depth
    PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR           Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
                                to BGRA
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA    Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
                                to AG
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA  Change alpha from opacity
                                to transparency
1649
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN   Byte-swap 16-bit samples
1650 1651
    PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB   Expand grayscale samples
                                to RGB (or GA to RGBA)
1652
    PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16     Expand samples to 16 bits
1653 1654

(This excludes setting a background color, doing gamma transformation,
1655
quantizing, and setting filler.)  If this is the case, simply do this:
1656 1657 1658

    png_read_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)

1659 1660
where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some
set of transformation flags.  This call is equivalent to png_read_info(),
1661
followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
1662
then png_read_image(), and finally png_read_end().
1663

1664 1665 1666
(The final parameter of this call is not yet used.  Someday it might point
to transformation parameters required by some future input transform.)

1667 1668 1669
You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
when you use png_read_png().

1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681
After you have called png_read_png(), you can retrieve the image data
with

   row_pointers = png_get_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr);

where row_pointers is an array of pointers to the pixel data for each row:

   png_bytep row_pointers[height];

If you know your image size and pixel size ahead of time, you can allocate
row_pointers prior to calling png_read_png() with

1682
   if (height > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/(sizeof (png_byte)))
1683
      png_error (png_ptr,
1684 1685
          "Image is too tall to process in memory");

1686 1687
   if (width > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/pixel_size)
      png_error (png_ptr,
1688 1689
          "Image is too wide to process in memory");

1690
   row_pointers = png_malloc(png_ptr,
1691
       height*(sizeof (png_bytep)));
1692

1693 1694
   for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
      row_pointers[i]=NULL;  /* security precaution */
1695

1696
   for (int i=0; i<height, i++)
1697
      row_pointers[i]=png_malloc(png_ptr,
1698 1699
          width*pixel_size);

1700
   png_set_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr, &row_pointers);
1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708

Alternatively you could allocate your image in one big block and define
row_pointers[i] to point into the proper places in your block.

If you use png_set_rows(), the application is responsible for freeing
row_pointers (and row_pointers[i], if they were separately allocated).

If you don't allocate row_pointers ahead of time, png_read_png() will
1709
do it, and it'll be free'ed by libpng when you call png_destroy_*().
1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715

.SS The low-level read interface

If you are going the low-level route, you are now ready to read all
the file information up to the actual image data.  You do this with a
call to png_read_info().
1716 1717 1718

    png_read_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

1719 1720
This will process all chunks up to but not including the image data.

1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726
This also copies some of the data from the PNG file into the decode structure
for use in later transformations.  Important information copied in is:

1) The PNG file gamma from the gAMA chunk.  This overwrites the default value
provided by an earlier call to png_set_gamma or png_set_alpha_mode.

1727
2) Prior to libpng-1.5.4 the background color from a bKGd chunk.  This
1728
damages the information provided by an earlier call to png_set_background
1729
resulting in unexpected behavior.  Libpng-1.5.4 no longer does this.
1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736

3) The number of significant bits in each component value.  Libpng uses this to
optimize gamma handling by reducing the internal lookup table sizes.

4) The transparent color information from a tRNS chunk.  This can be modified by
a later call to png_set_tRNS.

1737
.SS Querying the info structure
1738

1739 1740 1741
Functions are used to get the information from the info_ptr once it
has been read.  Note that these fields may not be completely filled
in until png_read_end() has read the chunk data following the image.
1742 1743 1744

    png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height,
       &bit_depth, &color_type, &interlace_type,
1745
       &compression_type, &filter_method);
1746 1747 1748

    width          - holds the width of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
1749

1750 1751
    height         - holds the height of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
1752

1753 1754 1755 1756 1757
    bit_depth      - holds the bit depth of one of the
                     image channels.  (valid values are
                     1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and depend also on
                     the color_type.  See also
                     significant bits (sBIT) below).
1758

1759 1760 1761 1762
    color_type     - describes which color/alpha channels
                         are present.
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
1763
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775
                        (bit depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)

                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA

1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781
    interlace_type - (PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
                     PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)

    compression_type - (must be PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE
                     for PNG 1.0)

1782 1783 1784 1785 1786
    filter_method  - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE
                     for PNG 1.0, and can also be
                     PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if
                     the PNG datastream is embedded in
                     a MNG-1.0 datastream)
1787

1788 1789 1790
    Any of width, height, color_type, bit_depth,
    interlace_type, compression_type, or filter_method can
    be NULL if you are not interested in their values.
1791

1792 1793
    Note that png_get_IHDR() returns 32-bit data into
    the application's width and height variables.
1794
    This is an unsafe situation if these are not png_uint_32
1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800
    variables.  In such situations, the
    png_get_image_width() and png_get_image_height()
    functions described below are safer.

    width            = png_get_image_width(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1801

1802 1803
    height           = png_get_image_height(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1804

1805 1806
    bit_depth        = png_get_bit_depth(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1807

1808 1809
    color_type       = png_get_color_type(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1810

1811
    interlace_type   = png_get_interlace_type(png_ptr,
1812
                         info_ptr);
1813

1814 1815
    compression_type = png_get_compression_type(png_ptr,
                         info_ptr);
1816

1817
    filter_method    = png_get_filter_type(png_ptr,
1818 1819
                         info_ptr);

1820
    channels = png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1821

1822 1823 1824 1825
    channels       - number of channels of info for the
                     color type (valid values are 1 (GRAY,
                     PALETTE), 2 (GRAY_ALPHA), 3 (RGB),
                     4 (RGB_ALPHA or RGB + filler byte))
1826

1827
    rowbytes = png_get_rowbytes(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1828

1829 1830 1831
    rowbytes       - number of bytes needed to hold a row

    signature = png_get_signature(png_ptr, info_ptr);
1832

1833 1834 1835
    signature      - holds the signature read from the
                     file (if any).  The data is kept in
                     the same offset it would be if the
1836
                     whole signature were read (i.e. if an
1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846
                     application had already read in 4
                     bytes of signature before starting
                     libpng, the remaining 4 bytes would
                     be in signature[4] through signature[7]
                     (see png_set_sig_bytes())).

These are also important, but their validity depends on whether the chunk
has been read.  The png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_<chunk>) and
png_get_<chunk>(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...) functions return non-zero if the
data has been read, or zero if it is missing.  The parameters to the
1847 1848
png_get_<chunk> are set directly if they are simple data types, or a
pointer into the info_ptr is returned for any complex types.
1849

1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858
The colorspace data from gAMA, cHRM, sRGB, iCCP, and sBIT chunks
is simply returned to give the application information about how the
image was encoded.  Libpng itself only does transformations using the file
gamma when combining semitransparent pixels with the background color, and,
since libpng-1.6.0, when converting between 8-bit sRGB and 16-bit linear pixels
within the simplified API.  Libpng also uses the file gamma when converting
RGB to gray, beginning with libpng-1.0.5, if the application calls
png_set_rgb_to_gray()).

1859 1860
    png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette,
                     &num_palette);
1861

1862 1863
    palette        - the palette for the file
                     (array of png_color)
1864

1865 1866
    num_palette    - number of entries in the palette

1867
    png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma);
1868
    png_get_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_file_gamma);
1869

1870 1871 1872 1873 1874
    file_gamma     - the gamma at which the file is
                     written (PNG_INFO_gAMA)

    int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which the
                     file is written
1875

1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884
    png_get_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,  &white_x, &white_y, &red_x,
                     &red_y, &green_x, &green_y, &blue_x, &blue_y)
    png_get_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, &red_X, &red_Y, &red_Z,
                     &green_X, &green_Y, &green_Z, &blue_X, &blue_Y,
                     &blue_Z)
    png_get_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_white_x,
                     &int_white_y, &int_red_x, &int_red_y,
                     &int_green_x, &int_green_y, &int_blue_x,
                     &int_blue_y)
1885
    png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, &int_red_X, &int_red_Y,
1886 1887 1888
                     &int_red_Z, &int_green_X, &int_green_Y,
                     &int_green_Z, &int_blue_X, &int_blue_Y,
                     &int_blue_Z)
1889 1890

    {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
1891 1892 1893
                     A color space encoding specified using the
                     chromaticities of the end points and the
                     white point. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
1894 1895

    {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901
                     A color space encoding specified using the
                     encoding end points - the CIE tristimulus
                     specification of the intended color of the red,
                     green and blue channels in the PNG RGB data.
                     The white point is simply the sum of the three
                     end points. (PNG_INFO_cHRM)
1902

1903
    png_get_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, &srgb_intent);
1904

1905
    srgb_intent -    the rendering intent (PNG_INFO_sRGB)
1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911
                     The presence of the sRGB chunk
                     means that the pixel data is in the
                     sRGB color space.  This chunk also
                     implies specific values of gAMA and
                     cHRM.

1912 1913
    png_get_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, &name,
       &compression_type, &profile, &proflen);
1914

1915
    name             - The profile name.
1916

1917 1918 1919 1920
    compression_type - The compression type; always
                       PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
                       You may give NULL to this argument to
                       ignore it.
1921

1922 1923
    profile          - International Color Consortium color
                       profile data. May contain NULs.
1924

1925
    proflen          - length of profile data in bytes.
1926

1927
    png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);
1928

1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934
    sig_bit        - the number of significant bits for
                     (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray,
                     red, green, and blue channels,
                     whichever are appropriate for the
                     given color type (png_color_16)

1935 1936
    png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans_alpha,
                     &num_trans, &trans_color);
1937

1938 1939
    trans_alpha    - array of alpha (transparency)
                     entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
1940

1941 1942
    num_trans      - number of transparent entries
                     (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
1943

1944
    trans_color    - graylevel or color sample values of
1945 1946
                     the single transparent color for
                     non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
1947 1948 1949

    png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, &hist);
                     (PNG_INFO_hIST)
1950

1951
    hist           - histogram of palette (array of
1952
                     png_uint_16)
1953 1954

    png_get_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &mod_time);
1955

1956 1957 1958 1959
    mod_time       - time image was last modified
                    (PNG_VALID_tIME)

    png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background);
1960

1961 1962
    background     - background color (of type
                     png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD)
1963 1964
                     valid 16-bit red, green and blue
                     values, regardless of color_type
1965

1966 1967
    num_comments   = png_get_text(png_ptr, info_ptr,
                     &text_ptr, &num_text);
1968

1969
    num_comments   - number of comments
1970

1971 1972
    text_ptr       - array of png_text holding image
                     comments
1973

1974
    text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
1975 1976 1977 1978
                 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
1979

1980 1981
    text_ptr[i].key   - keyword for comment.  Must contain
                         1-79 characters.
1982

1983
    text_ptr[i].text  - text comments for current
1984
                         keyword.  Can be empty.
1985

1986
    text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
1987
                 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
1988

1989
    text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
1990
                 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
1991

1992 1993
    text_ptr[i].lang  - language of comment (empty
                         string for unknown).
1994

1995
    text_ptr[i].lang_key  - keyword in UTF-8
1996
                         (empty string for unknown).
1997

1998
    Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
    members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
    library is built with iTXt chunk support.  Prior to
    libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
    iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
    they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
    field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
    PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
2006

2007 2008 2009
    num_text       - number of comments (same as
                     num_comments; you can put NULL here
                     to avoid the duplication)
2010

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
    Note while png_set_text() will accept text, language,
    and translated keywords that can be NULL pointers, the
    structure returned by png_get_text will always contain
    regular zero-terminated C strings.  They might be
    empty strings but they will never be NULL pointers.

    num_spalettes = png_get_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr,
       &palette_ptr);
2019 2020 2021

    num_spalettes  - number of sPLT chunks read.

2022
    palette_ptr    - array of palette structures holding
2023 2024
                     contents of one or more sPLT chunks
                     read.
2025

2026
    png_get_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &offset_x, &offset_y,
2027
       &unit_type);
2028

2029
    offset_x       - positive offset from the left edge
2030
                     of the screen (can be negative)
2031

2032
    offset_y       - positive offset from the top edge
2033
                     of the screen (can be negative)
2034

2035 2036 2037
    unit_type      - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER

    png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &res_x, &res_y,
2038
       &unit_type);
2039

2040 2041
    res_x          - pixels/unit physical resolution in
                     x direction
2042

2043 2044
    res_y          - pixels/unit physical resolution in
                     x direction
2045

2046
    unit_type      - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
2047 2048
                     PNG_RESOLUTION_METER

2049 2050
    png_get_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
       &height)
2051

2052
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
2053

2054
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
2055

2056
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
2057 2058
                 (width and height are doubles)

2059 2060
    png_get_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width,
       &height)
2061

2062
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
2063

2064
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
2065
                  (expressed as a string)
2066

2067 2068
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
                 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
2069

2070 2071
    num_unknown_chunks = png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr,
       info_ptr, &unknowns)
2072

2073 2074
    unknowns          - array of png_unknown_chunk
                        structures holding unknown chunks
2075

2076
    unknowns[i].name  - name of unknown chunk
2077

2078
    unknowns[i].data  - data of unknown chunk
2079

2080
    unknowns[i].size  - size of unknown chunk's data
2081

2082
    unknowns[i].location - position of chunk in file
2083

2084 2085 2086
    The value of "i" corresponds to the order in which the
    chunks were read from the PNG file or inserted with the
    png_set_unknown_chunks() function.
2087

2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093
    The value of "location" is a bitwise "or" of

         PNG_HAVE_IHDR  (0x01)
         PNG_HAVE_PLTE  (0x02)
         PNG_AFTER_IDAT (0x08)

2094 2095 2096
The data from the pHYs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
forms:

2097
    res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
2098
       info_ptr)
2099

2100
    res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
2101
       info_ptr)
2102

2103
    res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr,
2104
       info_ptr)
2105

2106
    res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
2107
       info_ptr)
2108

2109
    res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
2110
       info_ptr)
2111

2112
    res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr,
2113
       info_ptr)
2114

2115
    aspect_ratio = png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr,
2116
       info_ptr)
2117

2118
    Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown"] if
2119
       the data is not present or if res_x is 0;
2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127
       res_x_and_y is 0 if res_x != res_y

    Note that because of the way the resolutions are
       stored internally, the inch conversions won't
       come out to exactly even number.  For example,
       72 dpi is stored as 0.28346 pixels/meter, and
       when this is retrieved it is 71.9988 dpi, so
       be sure to round the returned value appropriately
2128
       if you want to display a reasonable-looking result.
2129

2130 2131 2132 2133
The data from the oFFs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient
forms:

    x_offset = png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2134

2135
    y_offset = png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2136

2137
    x_offset = png_get_x_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);
2138

2139 2140
    y_offset = png_get_y_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr);

2141
    Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown" if both
2142
       x and y are 0] if the data is not present or if the
2143 2144 2145 2146 2147
       chunk is present but the unit is the pixel.  The
       remark about inexact inch conversions applies here
       as well, because a value in inches can't always be
       converted to microns and back without some loss
       of precision.
2148

2149
For more information, see the
2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166
PNG specification for chunk contents.  Be careful with trusting
rowbytes, as some of the transformations could increase the space
needed to hold a row (expand, filler, gray_to_rgb, etc.).
See png_read_update_info(), below.

A quick word about text_ptr and num_text.  PNG stores comments in
keyword/text pairs, one pair per chunk, with no limit on the number
of text chunks, and a 2^31 byte limit on their size.  While there are
suggested keywords, there is no requirement to restrict the use to these
strings.  It is strongly suggested that keywords and text be sensible
to humans (that's the point), so don't use abbreviations.  Non-printing
symbols are not allowed.  See the PNG specification for more details.
There is also no requirement to have text after the keyword.

Keywords should be limited to 79 Latin-1 characters without leading or
trailing spaces, but non-consecutive spaces are allowed within the
keyword.  It is possible to have the same keyword any number of times.
2167 2168
The text_ptr is an array of png_text structures, each holding a
pointer to a language string, a pointer to a keyword and a pointer to
2169 2170
a text string.  The text string, language code, and translated
keyword may be empty or NULL pointers.  The keyword/text
2171 2172 2173 2174 2175
pairs are put into the array in the order that they are received.
However, some or all of the text chunks may be after the image, so, to
make sure you have read all the text chunks, don't mess with these
until after you read the stuff after the image.  This will be
mentioned again below in the discussion that goes with png_read_end().
2176

2177 2178
.SS Input transformations

2179 2180 2181 2182 2183
After you've read the header information, you can set up the library
to handle any special transformations of the image data.  The various
ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
should occur.  This is important, as some of these change the color
type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194
certain color types and bit depths.

Transformations you request are ignored if they don't have any meaning for a
particular input data format.  However some transformations can have an effect
as a result of a previous transformation.  If you specify a contradictory set of
transformations, for example both adding and removing the alpha channel, you
cannot predict the final result.

The color used for the transparency values should be supplied in the same
format/depth as the current image data.  It is stored in the same format/depth
as the image data in a tRNS chunk, so this is what libpng expects for this data.
2195

2196 2197
The color used for the background value depends on the need_expand argument as
described below.
2198 2199 2200 2201

Data will be decoded into the supplied row buffers packed into bytes
unless the library has been told to transform it into another format.
For example, 4 bit/pixel paletted or grayscale data will be returned
2202 2203
2 pixels/byte with the leftmost pixel in the high-order bits of the byte,
unless png_set_packing() is called.  8-bit RGB data will be stored
2204
in RGB RGB RGB format unless png_set_filler() or png_set_add_alpha()
2205
is called to insert filler bytes, either before or after each RGB triplet.
2206

2207
16-bit RGB data will be returned RRGGBB RRGGBB, with the most significant
2208
byte of the color value first, unless png_set_scale_16() is called to
2209 2210 2211 2212 2213
transform it to regular RGB RGB triplets, or png_set_filler() or
png_set_add alpha() is called to insert two filler bytes, either before
or after each RRGGBB triplet.  Similarly, 8-bit or 16-bit grayscale data can
be modified with png_set_filler(), png_set_add_alpha(), png_set_strip_16(),
or png_set_scale_16().
2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220

The following code transforms grayscale images of less than 8 to 8 bits,
changes paletted images to RGB, and adds a full alpha channel if there is
transparency information in a tRNS chunk.  This is most useful on
grayscale images with bit depths of 2 or 4 or if there is a multiple-image
viewing application that wishes to treat all images in the same way.

2221 2222
    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE)
        png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr);
2223 2224

    if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2225 2226
        PNG_INFO_tRNS)) png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr);

2227 2228 2229 2230
    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY &&
        bit_depth < 8) png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr);

The first two functions are actually aliases for png_set_expand(), added
2231 2232 2233
in libpng version 1.0.4, with the function names expanded to improve code
readability.  In some future version they may actually do different
things.
2234

2235 2236
As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was
added.  It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha.
2237

2238
As of libpng version 1.5.2, png_set_expand_16() was added.  It behaves as
2239
png_set_expand(); however, the resultant channels have 16 bits rather than 8.
2240
Use this when the output color or gray channels are made linear to avoid fairly
2241
severe accuracy loss.
2242

2243 2244
   if (bit_depth < 16)
      png_set_expand_16(png_ptr);
2245

2246
PNG can have files with 16 bits per channel.  If you only can handle
2247
8 bits per channel, this will strip the pixels down to 8-bit.
2248 2249

    if (bit_depth == 16)
2250
#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
2251
       png_set_scale_16(png_ptr);
2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257
#else
       png_set_strip_16(png_ptr);
#endif

(The more accurate "png_set_scale_16()" API became available in libpng version
1.5.4).
2258

2259 2260 2261
If you need to process the alpha channel on the image separately from the image
data (for example if you convert it to a bitmap mask) it is possible to have
libpng strip the channel leaving just RGB or gray data:
2262 2263

    if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
2264
       png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr);
2265

2266 2267 2268
If you strip the alpha channel you need to find some other way of dealing with
the information.  If, instead, you want to convert the image to an opaque
version with no alpha channel use png_set_background; see below.
2269 2270

As of libpng version 1.5.2, almost all useful expansions are supported, the
2271 2272
major ommissions are conversion of grayscale to indexed images (which can be
done trivially in the application) and conversion of indexed to grayscale (which
2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279
can be done by a trivial manipulation of the palette.)

In the following table, the 01 means grayscale with depth<8, 31 means
indexed with depth<8, other numerals represent the color type, "T" means
the tRNS chunk is present, A means an alpha channel is present, and O
means tRNS or alpha is present but all pixels in the image are opaque.

2280
  FROM  01  31   0  0T  0O   2  2T  2O   3  3T  3O  4A  4O  6A  6O
2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302
   TO
   01    -  [G]  -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -   -
   31   [Q]  Q  [Q] [Q] [Q]  Q   Q   Q   Q   Q   Q  [Q] [Q]  Q   Q
    0    1   G   +   .   .   G   G   G   G   G   G   B   B  GB  GB
   0T    lt  Gt  t   +   .   Gt  G   G   Gt  G   G   Bt  Bt GBt GBt
   0O    lt  Gt  t   .   +   Gt  Gt  G   Gt  Gt  G   Bt  Bt GBt GBt
    2    C   P   C   C   C   +   .   .   C   -   -  CB  CB   B   B
   2T    Ct  -   Ct  C   C   t   +   t   -   -   -  CBt CBt  Bt  Bt
   2O    Ct  -   Ct  C   C   t   t   +   -   -   -  CBt CBt  Bt  Bt
    3   [Q]  p  [Q] [Q] [Q]  Q   Q   Q   +   .   .  [Q] [Q]  Q   Q
   3T   [Qt] p  [Qt][Q] [Q]  Qt  Qt  Qt  t   +   t  [Qt][Qt] Qt  Qt
   3O   [Qt] p  [Qt][Q] [Q]  Qt  Qt  Qt  t   t   +  [Qt][Qt] Qt  Qt
   4A    lA  G   A   T   T   GA  GT  GT  GA  GT  GT  +   BA  G  GBA
   4O    lA GBA  A   T   T   GA  GT  GT  GA  GT  GT  BA  +  GBA  G
   6A    CA  PA  CA  C   C   A   T  tT   PA  P   P   C  CBA  +   BA
   6O    CA PBA  CA  C   C   A  tT   T   PA  P   P  CBA  C   BA  +

Within the matrix,
     "+" identifies entries where 'from' and 'to' are the same.
     "-" means the transformation is not supported.
     "." means nothing is necessary (a tRNS chunk can just be ignored).
     "t" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_tRNS.
2303
     "A" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_add_alpha().
2304 2305
     "X" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_expand().
     "1" means the transformation is obtained by
2306 2307 2308
         png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() (and by png_set_expand()
         if there is no transparency in the original or the final
         format).
2309
     "C" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_gray_to_rgb().
2310
     "G" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_rgb_to_gray().
2311 2312 2313 2314
     "P" means the transformation is obtained by
         png_set_expand_palette_to_rgb().
     "p" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_packing().
     "Q" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_quantize().
2315 2316 2317 2318
     "T" means the transformation is obtained by
         png_set_tRNS_to_alpha().
     "B" means the transformation is obtained by
         png_set_background(), or png_strip_alpha().
2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325

When an entry has multiple transforms listed all are required to cause the
right overall transformation.  When two transforms are separated by a comma
either will do the job.  When transforms are enclosed in [] the transform should
do the job but this is currently unimplemented - a different format will result
if the suggested transformations are used.

2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334
In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image
is the level of opacity.  If you need the alpha channel in an image to
be the level of transparency instead of opacity, you can invert the
alpha channel (or the tRNS chunk data) after it's read, so that 0 is
fully opaque and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 (in 16-bit
images) is fully transparent, with

    png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);

2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340
PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit
files.  This code expands to 1 pixel per byte without changing the
values of the pixels:

    if (bit_depth < 8)
2341
       png_set_packing(png_ptr);
2342 2343 2344

PNG files have possible bit depths of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16.  All pixels
stored in a PNG image have been "scaled" or "shifted" up to the next
2345 2346 2347 2348
higher possible bit depth (e.g. from 5 bits/sample in the range [0,31]
to 8 bits/sample in the range [0, 255]).  However, it is also possible
to convert the PNG pixel data back to the original bit depth of the
image.  This call reduces the pixels back down to the original bit depth:
2349

2350
    png_color_8p sig_bit;
2351 2352

    if (png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit))
2353
       png_set_shift(png_ptr, sig_bit);
2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359

PNG files store 3-color pixels in red, green, blue order.  This code
changes the storage of the pixels to blue, green, red:

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
        color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
2360
       png_set_bgr(png_ptr);
2361

2362 2363
PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code expands them
into 4 or 8 bytes for windowing systems that need them in this format:
2364

2365
    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB)
2366
       png_set_filler(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);
2367

2368 2369
where "filler" is the 8-bit or 16-bit number to fill with, and the location
is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether
2370 2371 2372 2373 2374
you want the filler before the RGB or after. When filling an 8-bit pixel,
the least significant 8 bits of the number are used, if a 16-bit number is
supplied.  This transformation does not affect images that already have full
alpha channels.  To add an opaque alpha channel, use filler=0xffff and
PNG_FILLER_AFTER which will generate RGBA pixels.
2375

2376
Note that png_set_filler() does not change the color type.  If you want
2377 2378 2379
to do that, you can add a true alpha channel with

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
2380
       color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
2381
       png_set_add_alpha(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_AFTER);
2382 2383

where "filler" contains the alpha value to assign to each pixel.
2384
The png_set_add_alpha() function was added in libpng-1.2.7.
2385

2386 2387 2388 2389
If you are reading an image with an alpha channel, and you need the
data as ARGB instead of the normal PNG format RGBA:

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
2390
       png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr);
2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396

For some uses, you may want a grayscale image to be represented as
RGB.  This code will do that conversion:

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
        color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
2397
       png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr);
2398

2399
Conversely, you can convert an RGB or RGBA image to grayscale or grayscale
2400
with alpha.
2401 2402 2403

    if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB ||
        color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA)
2404 2405
       png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
          double red_weight, double green_weight);
2406 2407

    error_action = 1: silently do the conversion
2408

2409 2410 2411
    error_action = 2: issue a warning if the original
                      image has any pixel where
                      red != green or red != blue
2412

2413 2414 2415 2416 2417
    error_action = 3: issue an error and abort the
                      conversion if the original
                      image has any pixel where
                      red != green or red != blue

2418
    red_weight:       weight of red component
2419

2420
    green_weight:     weight of green component
2421
                      If either weight is negative, default
2422 2423 2424 2425 2426
                      weights are used.

In the corresponding fixed point API the red_weight and green_weight values are
simply scaled by 100,000:

2427 2428
    png_set_rgb_to_gray(png_ptr, error_action,
       png_fixed_point red_weight,
2429
       png_fixed_point green_weight);
2430 2431 2432 2433 2434

If you have set error_action = 1 or 2, you can
later check whether the image really was gray, after processing
the image rows, with the png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr) function.
It will return a png_byte that is zero if the image was gray or
2435
1 if there were any non-gray pixels.  Background and sBIT data
2436
will be silently converted to grayscale, using the green channel
2437
data for sBIT, regardless of the error_action setting.
2438

2439
The default values come from the PNG file cHRM chunk if present; otherwise, the
2440 2441
defaults correspond to the ITU-R recommendation 709, and also the sRGB color
space, as recommended in the Charles Poynton's Colour FAQ,
2442
Copyright (c) 2006-11-28 Charles Poynton, in section 9:
2443

2444
<http://www.poynton.com/notes/colour_and_gamma/ColorFAQ.html#RTFToC9>
2445

2446 2447 2448 2449 2450
    Y = 0.2126 * R + 0.7152 * G + 0.0722 * B

Previous versions of this document, 1998 through 2002, recommended a slightly
different formula:

2451 2452
    Y = 0.212671 * R + 0.715160 * G + 0.072169 * B

2453 2454 2455 2456
Libpng uses an integer approximation:

    Y = (6968 * R + 23434 * G + 2366 * B)/32768

2457
The calculation is done in a linear colorspace, if the image gamma
2458
can be determined.
2459

2460
The png_set_background() function has been described already; it tells libpng to
2461 2462
composite images with alpha or simple transparency against the supplied
background color.  For compatibility with versions of libpng earlier than
2463
libpng-1.5.4 it is recommended that you call the function after reading the file
2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469
header, even if you don't want to use the color in a bKGD chunk, if one exists.

If the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk (PNG_INFO_bKGD valid),
you may use this color, or supply another color more suitable for
the current display (e.g., the background color from a web page).  You
need to tell libpng how the color is represented, both the format of the
2470
component values in the color (the number of bits) and the gamma encoding of the
2471
color.  The function takes two arguments, background_gamma_mode and need_expand
2472
to convey this information; however, only two combinations are likely to be
2473
useful:
2474

2475 2476
    png_color_16 my_background;
    png_color_16p image_background;
2477

2478
    if (png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &image_background))
2479
       png_set_background(png_ptr, image_background,
2480
           PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1/*needs to be expanded*/, 1);
2481
    else
2482
       png_set_background(png_ptr, &my_background,
2483
           PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0/*do not expand*/, 1);
2484

2485 2486
The second call was described above - my_background is in the format of the
final, display, output produced by libpng.  Because you now know the format of
2487 2488 2489 2490 2491
the PNG it is possible to avoid the need to choose either 8-bit or 16-bit
output and to retain palette images (the palette colors will be modified
appropriately and the tRNS chunk removed.)  However, if you are doing this,
take great care not to ask for transformations without checking first that
they apply!
2492

2493 2494 2495 2496
In the first call the background color has the original bit depth and color type
of the PNG file.  So, for palette images the color is supplied as a palette
index and for low bit greyscale images the color is a reduced bit value in
image_background->gray.
2497

2498 2499
If you didn't call png_set_gamma() before reading the file header, for example
if you need your code to remain compatible with older versions of libpng prior
2500
to libpng-1.5.4, this is the place to call it.
2501

2502 2503 2504 2505
Do not call it if you called png_set_alpha_mode(); doing so will damage the
settings put in place by png_set_alpha_mode().  (If png_set_alpha_mode() is
supported then you can certainly do png_set_gamma() before reading the PNG
header.)
2506

2507 2508 2509 2510 2511
This API unconditionally sets the screen and file gamma values, so it will
override the value in the PNG file unless it is called before the PNG file
reading starts.  For this reason you must always call it with the PNG file
value when you call it in this position:

2512 2513
   if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &file_gamma))
      png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, file_gamma);
2514

2515
   else
2516
      png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 0.45455);
2517

2518
If you need to reduce an RGB file to a paletted file, or if a paletted
2519
file has more entries than will fit on your screen, png_set_quantize()
2520
will do that.  Note that this is a simple match quantization that merely
2521
finds the closest color available.  This should work fairly well with
2522
optimized palettes, but fairly badly with linear color cubes.  If you
2523
pass a palette that is larger than maximum_colors, the file will
2524
reduce the number of colors in the palette so it will fit into
2525
maximum_colors.  If there is a histogram, libpng will use it to make
2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531
more intelligent choices when reducing the palette.  If there is no
histogram, it may not do as good a job.

   if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
   {
      if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2532
          PNG_INFO_PLTE))
2533 2534 2535 2536
      {
         png_uint_16p histogram = NULL;

         png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr,
2537
             &histogram);
2538 2539 2540
         png_set_quantize(png_ptr, palette, num_palette,
            max_screen_colors, histogram, 1);
      }
2541

2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552
      else
      {
         png_color std_color_cube[MAX_SCREEN_COLORS] =
            { ... colors ... };

         png_set_quantize(png_ptr, std_color_cube,
            MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, MAX_SCREEN_COLORS,
            NULL,0);
      }
   }

2553 2554 2555 2556
PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being one.
The following code will reverse this (make black be one and white be
zero):

2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562
   if (bit_depth == 1 && color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY)
      png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);

This function can also be used to invert grayscale and gray-alpha images:

   if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY ||
2563
       color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA)
2564 2565
      png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);

2566
PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
2567 2568
ie. most significant bits first).  This code changes the storage to the
other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits first, the
2569 2570 2571
way PCs store them):

    if (bit_depth == 16)
2572
       png_set_swap(png_ptr);
2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579

If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:

    if (bit_depth < 8)
       png_set_packswap(png_ptr);

2580 2581 2582 2583 2584
Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
the existing ones meets your needs.  This is done by setting a callback
with

    png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
2585
        read_transform_fn);
2586 2587 2588

You must supply the function

2589
    void read_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
2590
        row_info, png_bytep data)
2591 2592

See pngtest.c for a working example.  Your function will be called
2593 2594 2595 2596
after all of the other transformations have been processed.  Take care with
interlaced images if you do the interlace yourself - the width of the row is the
width in 'row_info', not the overall image width.

2597
If supported, libpng provides two information routines that you can use to find
2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606
where you are in processing the image:

   png_get_current_pass_number(png_structp png_ptr);
   png_get_current_row_number(png_structp png_ptr);

Don't try using these outside a transform callback - firstly they are only
supported if user transforms are supported, secondly they may well return
unexpected results unless the row is actually being processed at the moment they
are called.
2607

2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615
With interlaced
images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image.  Use
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).

The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
use these values.

2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621
You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
callback function, and you can inform libpng that your transform
function will change the number of channels or bit depth with the
function

    png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr,
2622
        user_depth, user_channels);
2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630

The user's application, not libpng, is responsible for allocating and
freeing any memory required for the user structure.

You can retrieve the pointer via the function
png_get_user_transform_ptr().  For example:

    voidp read_user_transform_ptr =
2631
        png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
2632

2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640
The last thing to handle is interlacing; this is covered in detail below,
but you must call the function here if you want libpng to handle expansion
of the interlaced image.

    number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);

After setting the transformations, libpng can update your png_info
structure to reflect any transformations you've requested with this
2641
call.
2642 2643 2644

    png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650
This is most useful to update the info structure's rowbytes
field so you can use it to allocate your image memory.  This function
will also update your palette with the correct screen_gamma and
background if these have been given with the calls above.  You may
only call png_read_update_info() once with a particular info_ptr.

2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658
After you call png_read_update_info(), you can allocate any
memory you need to hold the image.  The row data is simply
raw byte data for all forms of images.  As the actual allocation
varies among applications, no example will be given.  If you
are allocating one large chunk, you will need to build an
array of pointers to each row, as it will be needed for some
of the functions below.

2659
Remember: Before you call png_read_update_info(), the png_get_*()
2660 2661 2662
functions return the values corresponding to the original PNG image.
After you call png_read_update_info the values refer to the image
that libpng will output.  Consequently you must call all the png_set_
2663 2664 2665
functions before you call png_read_update_info().  This is particularly
important for png_set_interlace_handling() - if you are going to call
png_read_update_info() you must call png_set_interlace_handling() before
2666 2667
it unless you want to receive interlaced output.

2668 2669
.SS Reading image data

2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676
After you've allocated memory, you can read the image data.
The simplest way to do this is in one function call.  If you are
allocating enough memory to hold the whole image, you can just
call png_read_image() and libpng will read in all the image data
and put it in the memory area supplied.  You will need to pass in
an array of pointers to each row.

2677 2678 2679 2680
This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
need to call png_set_interlace_handling() (unless you call
png_read_update_info()) or call this function multiple times, or any
of that other stuff necessary with png_read_rows().
2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691

   png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);

where row_pointers is:

   png_bytep row_pointers[height];

You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.

If you don't want to read in the whole image at once, you can
use png_read_rows() instead.  If there is no interlacing (check
2692
interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_NONE), this is simple:
2693 2694

    png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
2695
        number_of_rows);
2696 2697 2698 2699

where row_pointers is the same as in the png_read_image() call.

If you are doing this just one row at a time, you can do this with
2700
a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
2701

2702
    png_bytep row_pointer = row;
2703
    png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointer, NULL);
2704

2705 2706
If the file is interlaced (interlace_type != 0 in the IHDR chunk), things
get somewhat harder.  The only current (PNG Specification version 1.2)
2707 2708
interlacing type for PNG is (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7);
a somewhat complicated 2D interlace scheme, known as Adam7, that
2709
breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying size, based
2710 2711
on an 8x8 grid.  This number is defined (from libpng 1.5) as
PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES in png.h
2712 2713

libpng can fill out those images or it can give them to you "as is".
2714 2715
It is almost always better to have libpng handle the interlacing for you.
If you want the images filled out, there are two ways to do that.  The one
2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724
mentioned in the PNG specification is to expand each pixel to cover
those pixels that have not been read yet (the "rectangle" method).
This results in a blocky image for the first pass, which gradually
smooths out as more pixels are read.  The other method is the "sparkle"
method, where pixels are drawn only in their final locations, with the
rest of the image remaining whatever colors they were initialized to
before the start of the read.  The first method usually looks better,
but tends to be slower, as there are more pixels to put in the rows.

2725 2726
If, as is likely, you want libpng to expand the images, call this before
calling png_start_read_image() or png_read_update_info():
2727

2728
    if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7)
2729
       number_of_passes
2730 2731
           = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);

2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738
This will return the number of passes needed.  Currently, this is seven,
but may change if another interlace type is added.  This function can be
called even if the file is not interlaced, where it will return one pass.
You then need to read the whole image 'number_of_passes' times.  Each time
will distribute the pixels from the current pass to the correct place in
the output image, so you need to supply the same rows to png_read_rows in
each pass.
2739

2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746
If you are not going to display the image after each pass, but are
going to wait until the entire image is read in, use the sparkle
effect.  This effect is faster and the end result of either method
is exactly the same.  If you are planning on displaying the image
after each pass, the "rectangle" effect is generally considered the
better looking one.

2747 2748
If you only want the "sparkle" effect, just call png_read_row() or
png_read_rows() as
2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755
normal, with the third parameter NULL.  Make sure you make pass over
the image number_of_passes times, and you don't change the data in the
rows between calls.  You can change the locations of the data, just
not the data.  Each pass only writes the pixels appropriate for that
pass, and assumes the data from previous passes is still valid.

    png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL,
2756
        number_of_rows);
2757 2758
    or
    png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL);
2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764

If you only want the first effect (the rectangles), do the same as
before except pass the row buffer in the third parameter, and leave
the second parameter NULL.

    png_read_rows(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers,
2765
        number_of_rows);
2766 2767
    or
    png_read_row(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers);
2768

2769 2770
If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just call
png_read_rows() PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES times to read in all the images.
2771
Each of the images is a valid image by itself; however, you will almost
2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819
certainly need to distribute the pixels from each sub-image to the
correct place.  This is where everything gets very tricky.

If you want to retrieve the separate images you must pass the correct
number of rows to each successive call of png_read_rows().  The calculation
gets pretty complicated for small images, where some sub-images may
not even exist because either their width or height ends up zero.
libpng provides two macros to help you in 1.5 and later versions:

   png_uint_32 width = PNG_PASS_COLS(image_width, pass_number);
   png_uint_32 height = PNG_PASS_ROWS(image_height, pass_number);

Respectively these tell you the width and height of the sub-image
corresponding to the numbered pass.  'pass' is in in the range 0 to 6 -
this can be confusing because the specification refers to the same passes
as 1 to 7!  Be careful, you must check both the width and height before
calling png_read_rows() and not call it for that pass if either is zero.

You can, of course, read each sub-image row by row.  If you want to
produce optimal code to make a pixel-by-pixel transformation of an
interlaced image this is the best approach; read each row of each pass,
transform it, and write it out to a new interlaced image.

If you want to de-interlace the image yourself libpng provides further
macros to help that tell you where to place the pixels in the output image.
Because the interlacing scheme is rectangular - sub-image pixels are always
arranged on a rectangular grid - all you need to know for each pass is the
starting column and row in the output image of the first pixel plus the
spacing between each pixel.  As of libpng 1.5 there are four macros to
retrieve this information:

   png_uint_32 x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);
   png_uint_32 y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);
   png_uint_32 xStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass);
   png_uint_32 yStep = 1U << PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass);

These allow you to write the obvious loop:

   png_uint_32 input_y = 0;
   png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass);

   while (output_y < output_image_height)
   {
      png_uint_32 input_x = 0;
      png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass);

      while (output_x < output_image_width)
      {
2820 2821 2822
         image[output_y][output_x] =
             subimage[pass][input_y][input_x++];

2823 2824 2825 2826
         output_x += xStep;
      }

      ++input_y;
2827
      output_y += yStep;
2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855
   }

Notice that the steps between successive output rows and columns are
returned as shifts.  This is possible because the pixels in the subimages
are always a power of 2 apart - 1, 2, 4 or 8 pixels - in the original
image.  In practice you may need to directly calculate the output coordinate
given an input coordinate.  libpng provides two further macros for this
purpose:

   png_uint_32 output_x = PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(input_x, pass);
   png_uint_32 output_y = PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(input_y, pass);

Finally a pair of macros are provided to tell you if a particular image
row or column appears in a given pass:

   int col_in_pass = PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_x, pass);
   int row_in_pass = PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(output_y, pass);

Bear in mind that you will probably also need to check the width and height
of the pass in addition to the above to be sure the pass even exists!

With any luck you are convinced by now that you don't want to do your own
interlace handling.  In reality normally the only good reason for doing this
is if you are processing PNG files on a pixel-by-pixel basis and don't want
to load the whole file into memory when it is interlaced.

libpng includes a test program, pngvalid, that illustrates reading and
writing of interlaced images.  If you can't get interlacing to work in your
2856
code and don't want to leave it to libpng (the recommended approach), see
2857 2858
how pngvalid.c does it.

2859 2860
.SS Finishing a sequential read

2861
After you are finished reading the image through the
2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870
low-level interface, you can finish reading the file.

If you want to use a different crc action for handling CRC errors in
chunks after the image data, you can call png_set_crc_action()
again at this point.

If you are interested in comments or time, which may be stored either
before or after the image data, you should pass the separate png_info
struct if you want to keep the comments from before and after the image
2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880
separate.

    png_infop end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);

    if (!end_info)
    {
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
           (png_infopp)NULL);
       return (ERROR);
    }
2881 2882 2883

   png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info);

2884 2885
If you are not interested, you should still call png_read_end()
but you can pass NULL, avoiding the need to create an end_info structure.
2886 2887 2888
If you do this, libpng will not process any chunks after IDAT other than
skipping over them and perhaps (depending on whether you have called
png_set_crc_action) checking their CRCs while looking for the IEND chunk.
2889 2890 2891

   png_read_end(png_ptr, (png_infop)NULL);

2892 2893 2894 2895 2896
If you don't call png_read_end(), then your file pointer will be
left pointing to the first chunk after the last IDAT, which is probably
not what you want if you expect to read something beyond the end of
the PNG datastream.

2897 2898 2899 2900 2901
When you are done, you can free all memory allocated by libpng like this:

   png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
       &end_info);

2902 2903 2904 2905 2906
or, if you didn't create an end_info structure,

   png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
       (png_infopp)NULL);

2907
It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
2908
point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
2909

2910
    png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
2911

2912
    mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask
2913
           containing the bitwise OR of one or
2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920
           more of
             PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
             PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
             PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
             PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
             PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
           or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
2921

2922
    seq  - sequence number of item to be freed
2923
           (\-1 for all items)
2924

2925
This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
2926
already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
2927 2928
by the user and not by libpng,  and will in those cases do nothing.
The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
2929
type, such as PLTE, is allowed.  If "seq" is not \-1, and multiple items
2930 2931
are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".
2932

2933 2934
The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
by libpng.  This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
2935
or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
2936
or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
2937 2938

    png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
2939

2940 2941 2942 2943
    freer  - one of
               PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
2944

2945 2946 2947
    mask   - which data elements are affected
             same choices as in png_free_data()

2948 2949 2950 2951 2952
This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
You can call this function after reading the PNG data but before calling
any png_set_*() functions, to control whether the user or the png_set_*()
function is responsible for freeing any existing data that might be present,
and again after the png_set_*() functions to control whether the user
2953 2954
or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data.  When the user assumes
responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the application must use
2955 2956
png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
2957
or png_calloc() to allocate it.
2958 2959 2960 2961 2962

If you allocated your row_pointers in a single block, as suggested above in
the description of the high level read interface, you must not transfer
responsibility for freeing it to the png_set_rows or png_read_destroy function,
because they would also try to free the individual row_pointers[i].
2963

2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970
If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key.  Similarly,
if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
application, your application must not separately free those members.

2971
The png_free_data() function will turn off the "valid" flag for anything
2972 2973
it frees.  If you need to turn the flag off for a chunk that was freed by
your application instead of by libpng, you can use
2974 2975

    png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask);
2976

2977
    mask - identifies the chunks to be made invalid,
2978
           containing the bitwise OR of one or
2979
           more of
2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988
             PNG_INFO_gAMA, PNG_INFO_sBIT,
             PNG_INFO_cHRM, PNG_INFO_PLTE,
             PNG_INFO_tRNS, PNG_INFO_bKGD,
             PNG_INFO_hIST, PNG_INFO_pHYs,
             PNG_INFO_oFFs, PNG_INFO_tIME,
             PNG_INFO_pCAL, PNG_INFO_sRGB,
             PNG_INFO_iCCP, PNG_INFO_sPLT,
             PNG_INFO_sCAL, PNG_INFO_IDAT

2989 2990
For a more compact example of reading a PNG image, see the file example.c.

2991
.SS Reading PNG files progressively
2992

2993
The progressive reader is slightly different from the non-progressive
2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013
reader.  Instead of calling png_read_info(), png_read_rows(), and
png_read_end(), you make one call to png_process_data(), which calls
callbacks when it has the info, a row, or the end of the image.  You
set up these callbacks with png_set_progressive_read_fn().  You don't
have to worry about the input/output functions of libpng, as you are
giving the library the data directly in png_process_data().  I will
assume that you have read the section on reading PNG files above,
so I will only highlight the differences (although I will show
all of the code).

png_structp png_ptr;
png_infop info_ptr;

 /*  An example code fragment of how you would
     initialize the progressive reader in your
     application. */
 int
 initialize_png_reader()
 {
    png_ptr = png_create_read_struct
3014
        (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
3015
         user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
3016

3017
    if (!png_ptr)
3018
        return (ERROR);
3019

3020
    info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
3021

3022 3023
    if (!info_ptr)
    {
3024 3025 3026
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr,
          (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL);
       return (ERROR);
3027 3028
    }

3029
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
3030
    {
3031 3032 3033
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
          (png_infopp)NULL);
       return (ERROR);
3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039
    }

    /* This one's new.  You can provide functions
       to be called when the header info is valid,
       when each row is completed, and when the image
       is finished.  If you aren't using all functions,
3040 3041 3042
       you can specify NULL parameters.  Even when all
       three functions are NULL, you need to call
       png_set_progressive_read_fn().  You can use
3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062
       any struct as the user_ptr (cast to a void pointer
       for the function call), and retrieve the pointer
       from inside the callbacks using the function

          png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr);

       which will return a void pointer, which you have
       to cast appropriately.
     */
    png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)user_ptr,
        info_callback, row_callback, end_callback);

    return 0;
 }

 /* A code fragment that you call as you receive blocks
   of data */
 int
 process_data(png_bytep buffer, png_uint_32 length)
 {
3063
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
3064
    {
3065
       png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr,
3066
           (png_infopp)NULL);
3067
       return (ERROR);
3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073
    }

    /* This one's new also.  Simply give it a chunk
       of data from the file stream (in order, of
       course).  On machines with segmented memory
       models machines, don't give it any more than
3074
       64K.  The library seems to run fine with sizes
3075 3076
       of 4K. Although you can give it much less if
       necessary (I assume you can give it chunks of
3077
       1 byte, I haven't tried less than 256 bytes
3078 3079 3080
       yet).  When this function returns, you may
       want to display any rows that were generated
       in the row callback if you don't already do
3081
       so there.
3082 3083
     */
    png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, buffer, length);
3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089

    /* At this point you can call png_process_data_skip if
       you want to handle data the library will skip yourself;
       it simply returns the number of bytes to skip (and stops
       libpng skipping that number of bytes on the next
       png_process_data call).
3090 3091 3092 3093
    return 0;
 }

 /* This function is called (as set by
3094
    png_set_progressive_read_fn() above) when enough data
3095 3096 3097 3098
    has been supplied so all of the header has been
    read.
 */
 void
3099
 info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109
 {
    /* Do any setup here, including setting any of
       the transformations mentioned in the Reading
       PNG files section.  For now, you _must_ call
       either png_start_read_image() or
       png_read_update_info() after all the
       transformations are set (even if you don't set
       any).  You may start getting rows before
       png_process_data() returns, so this is your
       last chance to prepare for that.
3110 3111 3112

       This is where you turn on interlace handling,
       assuming you don't want to do it yourself.
3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122

       If you need to you can stop the processing of
       your original input data at this point by calling
       png_process_data_pause.  This returns the number
       of unprocessed bytes from the last png_process_data
       call - it is up to you to ensure that the next call
       sees these bytes again.  If you don't want to bother
       with this you can get libpng to cache the unread
       bytes by setting the 'save' parameter (see png.h) but
       then libpng will have to copy the data internally.
3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129
     */
 }

 /* This function is called when each row of image
    data is complete */
 void
 row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row,
3130
    png_uint_32 row_num, int pass)
3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142
 {
    /* If the image is interlaced, and you turned
       on the interlace handler, this function will
       be called for every row in every pass.  Some
       of these rows will not be changed from the
       previous pass.  When the row is not changed,
       the new_row variable will be NULL.  The rows
       and passes are called in order, so you don't
       really need the row_num and pass, but I'm
       supplying them because it may make your life
       easier.

3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151
       If you did not turn on interlace handling then
       the callback is called for each row of each
       sub-image when the image is interlaced.  In this
       case 'row_num' is the row in the sub-image, not
       the row in the output image as it is in all other
       cases.

       For the non-NULL rows of interlaced images when
       you have switched on libpng interlace handling,
3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157
       you must call png_progressive_combine_row()
       passing in the row and the old row.  You can
       call this function for NULL rows (it will just
       return) and for non-interlaced images (it just
       does the memcpy for you) if it will make the
       code easier.  Thus, you can just do this for
3158
       all cases if you switch on interlace handling;
3159 3160 3161 3162 3163
     */

        png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr, old_row,
          new_row);

3164
    /* where old_row is what was displayed
3165 3166
       previously for the row.  Note that the first
       pass (pass == 0, really) will completely cover
3167 3168 3169 3170 3171
       the old row, so the rows do not have to be
       initialized.  After the first pass (and only
       for interlaced images), you will have to pass
       the current row, and the function will combine
       the old row and the new row.
3172 3173 3174

       You can also call png_process_data_pause in this
       callback - see above.
3175
    */
3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192
 }

 void
 end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info)
 {
    /* This function is called after the whole image
       has been read, including any chunks after the
       image (up to and including the IEND).  You
       will usually have the same info chunk as you
       had in the header, although some data may have
       been added to the comments and time fields.

       Most people won't do much here, perhaps setting
       a flag that marks the image as finished.
     */
 }

3193 3194


3195
.SH IV. Writing
3196 3197 3198 3199 3200

Much of this is very similar to reading.  However, everything of
importance is repeated here, so you won't have to constantly look
back up in the reading section to understand writing.

3201 3202
.SS Setup

3203 3204 3205 3206
You will want to do the I/O initialization before you get into libpng,
so if it doesn't work, you don't have anything to undo. If you are not
using the standard I/O functions, you will need to replace them with
custom writing functions.  See the discussion under Customizing libpng.
3207

3208
    FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "wb");
3209

3210
    if (!fp)
3211
       return (ERROR);
3212 3213 3214 3215

Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized.
As these can be both relatively large, you may not want to store these
on the stack, unless you have stack space to spare.  Of course, you
3216 3217 3218 3219
will want to check if they return NULL.  If you are also reading,
you won't want to name your read structure and your write structure
both "png_ptr"; you can call them anything you like, such as
"read_ptr" and "write_ptr".  Look at pngtest.c, for example.
3220 3221

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct
3222
       (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
3223
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn);
3224

3225
    if (!png_ptr)
3226
       return (ERROR);
3227 3228 3229 3230 3231

    png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr);
    if (!info_ptr)
    {
       png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr,
3232
           (png_infopp)NULL);
3233
       return (ERROR);
3234 3235
    }

3236 3237
If you want to use your own memory allocation routines,
define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use
3238
png_create_write_struct_2() instead of png_create_write_struct():
3239 3240

    png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct_2
3241
       (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr,
3242 3243 3244
        user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp)
        user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn);

3245 3246 3247
After you have these structures, you will need to set up the
error handling.  When libpng encounters an error, it expects to
longjmp() back to your routine.  Therefore, you will need to call
3248
setjmp() and pass the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr).  If you
3249
write the file from different routines, you will need to update
3250 3251
the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) every time you enter a new routine that will
call a png_*() function.  See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp
3252 3253 3254
for your compiler for more information on setjmp/longjmp.  See
the discussion on libpng error handling in the Customizing Libpng
section below for more information on the libpng error handling.
3255

3256
    if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)))
3257
    {
3258
    png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);
3259 3260
       fclose(fp);
       return (ERROR);
3261
    }
3262 3263
    ...
    return;
3264

3265
If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues,
3266
you can compile libpng with PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case
3267 3268
errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort().

3269 3270 3271 3272
You can #define PNG_ABORT() to a function that does something
more useful than abort(), as long as your function does not
return.

3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286
Checking for invalid palette index on write was added at libpng
1.5.10.  If a pixel contains an invalid (out-of-range) index libpng issues
a benign error.  This is enabled by default because this condition is an
error according to the PNG specification, Clause 11.3.2, but the error can
be ignored in each png_ptr with

   png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, 0);

If the error is ignored, or if png_benign_error() treats it as a warning,
any invalid pixels are written as-is by the encoder, resulting in an
invalid PNG datastream as output.  In this case the application is
responsible for ensuring that the pixel indexes are in range when it writes
a PLTE chunk with fewer entries than the bit depth would allow.

3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295
Now you need to set up the output code.  The default for libpng is to
use the C function fwrite().  If you use this, you will need to pass a
valid FILE * in the function png_init_io().  Be sure that the file is
opened in binary mode.  Again, if you wish to handle writing data in
another way, see the discussion on libpng I/O handling in the Customizing
Libpng section below.

    png_init_io(png_ptr, fp);

3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303
If you are embedding your PNG into a datastream such as MNG, and don't
want libpng to write the 8-byte signature, or if you have already
written the signature in your application, use

    png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8);

to inform libpng that it should not write a signature.

3304 3305
.SS Write callbacks

3306 3307 3308 3309 3310
At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be
called after each row has been written, which you can use to control
a progress meter or the like.  It's demonstrated in pngtest.c.
You must supply a function

3311
    void write_row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 row,
3312
       int pass);
3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322
    {
      /* put your code here */
    }

(You can give it another name that you like instead of "write_row_callback")

To inform libpng about your function, use

    png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr, write_row_callback);

3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329
When this function is called the row has already been completely processed and
it has also been written out.  The 'row' and 'pass' refer to the next row to be
handled.  For the
non-interlaced case the row that was just handled is simply one less than the
passed in row number, and pass will always be 0.  For the interlaced case the
same applies unless the row value is 0, in which case the row just handled was
the last one from one of the preceding passes.  Because interlacing may skip a
3330
pass you cannot be sure that the preceding pass is just 'pass\-1', if you really
3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336
need to know what the last pass is record (row,pass) from the callback and use
the last recorded value each time.

As with the user transform you can find the output row using the
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW macro.

3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344
You now have the option of modifying how the compression library will
run.  The following functions are mainly for testing, but may be useful
in some cases, like if you need to write PNG files extremely fast and
are willing to give up some compression, or if you want to get the
maximum possible compression at the expense of slower writing.  If you
have no special needs in this area, let the library do what it wants by
not calling this function at all, as it has been tuned to deliver a good
speed/compression ratio. The second parameter to png_set_filter() is
3345 3346 3347 3348
the filter method, for which the only valid values are 0 (as of the
July 1999 PNG specification, version 1.2) or 64 (if you are writing
a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG datastream).  The third
parameter is a flag that indicates which filter type(s) are to be tested
3349 3350
for each scanline.  See the PNG specification for details on the specific
filter types.
3351

3352

3353
    /* turn on or off filtering, and/or choose
3354
       specific filters.  You can use either a single
3355
       PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NAME or the bitwise OR of one
3356 3357
       or more PNG_FILTER_NAME masks.
     */
3358
    png_set_filter(png_ptr, 0,
3359 3360 3361
       PNG_FILTER_NONE  | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE |
       PNG_FILTER_SUB   | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB  |
       PNG_FILTER_UP    | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP   |
3362
       PNG_FILTER_AVG   | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG  |
3363
       PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH|
3364
       PNG_ALL_FILTERS  | PNG_FAST_FILTERS);
3365

3366 3367 3368 3369
If an application wants to start and stop using particular filters during
compression, it should start out with all of the filters (to ensure that
the previous row of pixels will be stored in case it's needed later),
and then add and remove them after the start of compression.
3370

3371 3372 3373
If you are writing a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG
datastream, the second parameter can be either 0 or 64.

3374
The png_set_compression_*() functions interface to the zlib compression
3375 3376 3377
library, and should mostly be ignored unless you really know what you are
doing.  The only generally useful call is png_set_compression_level()
which changes how much time zlib spends on trying to compress the image
3378 3379
data.  See the Compression Library (zlib.h and algorithm.txt, distributed
with zlib) for details on the compression levels.
3380

3381 3382
    #include zlib.h

3383
    /* Set the zlib compression level */
3384 3385 3386
    png_set_compression_level(png_ptr,
        Z_BEST_COMPRESSION);

3387
    /* Set other zlib parameters for compressing IDAT */
3388 3389 3390 3391 3392
    png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
    png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
    png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
    png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
3393 3394
    png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, 8192)

3395 3396 3397 3398
    /* Set zlib parameters for text compression
     * If you don't call these, the parameters
     * fall back on those defined for IDAT chunks
     */
3399 3400 3401 3402 3403
    png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8);
    png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY);
    png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15);
    png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, 8);
3404

3405 3406
.SS Setting the contents of info for output

3407 3408 3409
You now need to fill in the png_info structure with all the data you
wish to write before the actual image.  Note that the only thing you
are allowed to write after the image is the text chunks and the time
3410
chunk (as of PNG Specification 1.2, anyway).  See png_write_end() and
3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421
the latest PNG specification for more information on that.  If you
wish to write them before the image, fill them in now, and flag that
data as being valid.  If you want to wait until after the data, don't
fill them until png_write_end().  For all the fields in png_info and
their data types, see png.h.  For explanations of what the fields
contain, see the PNG specification.

Some of the more important parts of the png_info are:

    png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, width, height,
       bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type,
3422
       compression_type, filter_method)
3423

3424 3425
    width          - holds the width of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
3426

3427 3428
    height         - holds the height of the image
                     in pixels (up to 2^31).
3429

3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435
    bit_depth      - holds the bit depth of one of the
                     image channels.
                     (valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16
                     and depend also on the
                     color_type.  See also significant
                     bits (sBIT) below).
3436

3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453
    color_type     - describes which color/alpha
                     channels are present.
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA
                        (bit depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE
                        (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)
                     PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA
                        (bit_depths 8, 16)

                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR
                     PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA

3454 3455
    interlace_type - PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or
                     PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7
3456

3457 3458
    compression_type - (must be
                     PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT)
3459

3460 3461 3462 3463 3464
    filter_method  - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT
                     or, if you are writing a PNG to
                     be embedded in a MNG datastream,
                     can also be
                     PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING)
3465

3466
If you call png_set_IHDR(), the call must appear before any of the
3467
other png_set_*() functions, because they might require access to some of
3468 3469 3470
the IHDR settings.  The remaining png_set_*() functions can be called
in any order.

G
Glenn Randers-Pehrson 已提交
3471 3472 3473
If you wish, you can reset the compression_type, interlace_type, or
filter_method later by calling png_set_IHDR() again; if you do this, the
width, height, bit_depth, and color_type must be the same in each call.
3474

3475 3476
    png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette,
       num_palette);
3477

3478 3479 3480 3481
    palette        - the palette for the file
                     (array of png_color)
    num_palette    - number of entries in the palette

3482

3483 3484 3485 3486 3487
    png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, file_gamma);
    png_set_gAMA_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_file_gamma);

    file_gamma     - the gamma at which the image was
                     created (PNG_INFO_gAMA)
3488

3489 3490
    int_file_gamma - 100,000 times the gamma at which
                     the image was created
3491

3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513
    png_set_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,  white_x, white_y, red_x, red_y,
                     green_x, green_y, blue_x, blue_y)
    png_set_cHRM_XYZ(png_ptr, info_ptr, red_X, red_Y, red_Z, green_X,
                     green_Y, green_Z, blue_X, blue_Y, blue_Z)
    png_set_cHRM_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_white_x, int_white_y,
                     int_red_x, int_red_y, int_green_x, int_green_y,
                     int_blue_x, int_blue_y)
    png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed(png_ptr, info_ptr, int_red_X, int_red_Y,
                     int_red_Z, int_green_X, int_green_Y, int_green_Z,
                     int_blue_X, int_blue_Y, int_blue_Z)

    {white,red,green,blue}_{x,y}
                     A color space encoding specified using the chromaticities
                     of the end points and the white point.

    {red,green,blue}_{X,Y,Z}
                     A color space encoding specified using the encoding end
                     points - the CIE tristimulus specification of the intended
                     color of the red, green and blue channels in the PNG RGB
                     data.  The white point is simply the sum of the three end
                     points.

3514
    png_set_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, srgb_intent);
3515

3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526
    srgb_intent    - the rendering intent
                     (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of
                     the sRGB chunk means that the pixel
                     data is in the sRGB color space.
                     This chunk also implies specific
                     values of gAMA and cHRM.  Rendering
                     intent is the CSS-1 property that
                     has been defined by the International
                     Color Consortium
                     (http://www.color.org).
                     It can be one of
3527 3528 3529 3530
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION,
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL,
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE, or
                     PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE.
3531

3532 3533 3534

    png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr,
       srgb_intent);
3535

3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544
    srgb_intent    - the rendering intent
                     (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of the
                     sRGB chunk means that the pixel
                     data is in the sRGB color space.
                     This function also causes gAMA and
                     cHRM chunks with the specific values
                     that are consistent with sRGB to be
                     written.

3545
    png_set_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, name, compression_type,
3546
                       profile, proflen);
3547

3548
    name             - The profile name.
3549

3550 3551 3552 3553
    compression_type - The compression type; always
                       PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0.
                       You may give NULL to this argument to
                       ignore it.
3554

3555 3556
    profile          - International Color Consortium color
                       profile data. May contain NULs.
3557

3558
    proflen          - length of profile data in bytes.
3559

3560
    png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, sig_bit);
3561

3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567
    sig_bit        - the number of significant bits for
                     (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, red,
                     green, and blue channels, whichever are
                     appropriate for the given color type
                     (png_color_16)

3568 3569
    png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans_alpha,
       num_trans, trans_color);
3570

3571 3572
    trans_alpha    - array of alpha (transparency)
                     entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
3573

3574 3575 3576
    num_trans      - number of transparent entries
                     (PNG_INFO_tRNS)

G
Glenn Randers-Pehrson 已提交
3577 3578 3579
    trans_color    - graylevel or color sample values
                     (in order red, green, blue) of the
                     single transparent color for
3580
                     non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS)
3581

3582
    png_set_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, hist);
3583

3584
    hist           - histogram of palette (array of
3585
                     png_uint_16) (PNG_INFO_hIST)
3586 3587

    png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, mod_time);
3588

3589 3590 3591 3592
    mod_time       - time image was last modified
                     (PNG_VALID_tIME)

    png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, background);
3593

3594 3595
    background     - background color (of type
                     png_color_16p) (PNG_VALID_bKGD)
3596 3597

    png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, num_text);
3598

3599 3600
    text_ptr       - array of png_text holding image
                     comments
3601

3602
    text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used
3603 3604 3605 3606
                 on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE
                           PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
3607 3608 3609 3610 3611
    text_ptr[i].key   - keyword for comment.  Must contain
                 1-79 characters.
    text_ptr[i].text  - text comments for current
                         keyword.  Can be NULL or empty.
    text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string,
3612
                 after decompression, 0 for iTXt
3613
    text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string,
3614
                 after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt
3615 3616 3617 3618
    text_ptr[i].lang  - language of comment (NULL or
                         empty for unknown).
    text_ptr[i].translated_keyword  - keyword in UTF-8 (NULL
                         or empty for unknown).
3619

3620
    Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key
3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627
    members of the text_ptr structure only exist when the
    library is built with iTXt chunk support.  Prior to
    libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by default without
    iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt is supported,
    they contain NULL pointers when the "compression"
    field contains PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or
    PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt.
3628

3629
    num_text       - number of comments
3630

3631 3632
    png_set_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette_ptr,
       num_spalettes);
3633

3634 3635 3636 3637 3638
    palette_ptr    - array of png_sPLT_struct structures
                     to be added to the list of palettes
                     in the info structure.
    num_spalettes  - number of palette structures to be
                     added.
3639

3640 3641
    png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, offset_x, offset_y,
        unit_type);
3642

3643 3644
    offset_x  - positive offset from the left
                     edge of the screen
3645

3646 3647
    offset_y  - positive offset from the top
                     edge of the screen
3648

3649 3650 3651 3652
    unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER

    png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, res_x, res_y,
        unit_type);
3653

3654 3655
    res_x       - pixels/unit physical resolution
                  in x direction
3656

3657 3658
    res_y       - pixels/unit physical resolution
                  in y direction
3659

3660
    unit_type   - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN,
3661 3662
                  PNG_RESOLUTION_METER

3663
    png_set_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
3664

3665
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
3666

3667
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
3668

3669 3670 3671 3672
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
                  (width and height are doubles)

    png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height)
3673

3674
    unit        - physical scale units (an integer)
3675

3676
    width       - width of a pixel in physical scale units
3677
                  expressed as a string
3678

3679
    height      - height of a pixel in physical scale units
3680
                 (width and height are strings like "2.54")
3681

3682 3683
    png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unknowns,
       num_unknowns)
3684

3685 3686
    unknowns          - array of png_unknown_chunk
                        structures holding unknown chunks
3687 3688
    unknowns[i].name  - name of unknown chunk
    unknowns[i].data  - data of unknown chunk
3689
    unknowns[i].size  - size of unknown chunk's data
3690 3691 3692 3693 3694
    unknowns[i].location - position to write chunk in file
                           0: do not write chunk
                           PNG_HAVE_IHDR: before PLTE
                           PNG_HAVE_PLTE: before IDAT
                           PNG_AFTER_IDAT: after IDAT
3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703

The "location" member is set automatically according to
what part of the output file has already been written.
You can change its value after calling png_set_unknown_chunks()
as demonstrated in pngtest.c.  Within each of the "locations",
the chunks are sequenced according to their position in the
structure (that is, the value of "i", which is the order in which
the chunk was either read from the input file or defined with
png_set_unknown_chunks).
3704 3705 3706

A quick word about text and num_text.  text is an array of png_text
structures.  num_text is the number of valid structures in the array.
3707 3708
Each png_text structure holds a language code, a keyword, a text value,
and a compression type.
3709

3710 3711 3712
The compression types have the same valid numbers as the compression
types of the image data.  Currently, the only valid number is zero.
However, you can store text either compressed or uncompressed, unlike
3713
images, which always have to be compressed.  So if you don't want the
3714
text compressed, set the compression type to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE.
3715 3716 3717
Because tEXt and zTXt chunks don't have a language field, if you
specify PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt
any language code or translated keyword will not be written out.
3718

3719
Until text gets around a few hundred bytes, it is not worth compressing it.
3720 3721 3722
After the text has been written out to the file, the compression type
is set to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR,
so that it isn't written out again at the end (in case you are calling
3723
png_write_end() with the same struct).
3724 3725 3726 3727 3728

The keywords that are given in the PNG Specification are:

    Title            Short (one line) title or
                     caption for image
3729

3730
    Author           Name of image's creator
3731

3732
    Description      Description of image (possibly long)
3733

3734
    Copyright        Copyright notice
3735

3736
    Creation Time    Time of original image creation
3737
                     (usually RFC 1123 format, see below)
3738

3739
    Software         Software used to create the image
3740

3741
    Disclaimer       Legal disclaimer
3742

3743
    Warning          Warning of nature of content
3744

3745
    Source           Device used to create the image
3746

3747 3748 3749 3750 3751
    Comment          Miscellaneous comment; conversion
                     from other image format

The keyword-text pairs work like this.  Keywords should be short
simple descriptions of what the comment is about.  Some typical
3752
keywords are found in the PNG specification, as is some recommendations
3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769
on keywords.  You can repeat keywords in a file.  You can even write
some text before the image and some after.  For example, you may want
to put a description of the image before the image, but leave the
disclaimer until after, so viewers working over modem connections
don't have to wait for the disclaimer to go over the modem before
they start seeing the image.  Finally, keywords should be full
words, not abbreviations.  Keywords and text are in the ISO 8859-1
(Latin-1) character set (a superset of regular ASCII) and can not
contain NUL characters, and should not contain control or other
unprintable characters.  To make the comments widely readable, stick
with basic ASCII, and avoid machine specific character set extensions
like the IBM-PC character set.  The keyword must be present, but
you can leave off the text string on non-compressed pairs.
Compressed pairs must have a text string, as only the text string
is compressed anyway, so the compression would be meaningless.

PNG supports modification time via the png_time structure.  Two
3770
conversion routines are provided, png_convert_from_time_t() for
3771 3772 3773 3774 3775
time_t and png_convert_from_struct_tm() for struct tm.  The
time_t routine uses gmtime().  You don't have to use either of
these, but if you wish to fill in the png_time structure directly,
you should provide the time in universal time (GMT) if possible
instead of your local time.  Note that the year number is the full
3776
year (e.g. 1998, rather than 98 - PNG is year 2000 compliant!), and
3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785
that months start with 1.

If you want to store the time of the original image creation, you should
use a plain tEXt chunk with the "Creation Time" keyword.  This is
necessary because the "creation time" of a PNG image is somewhat vague,
depending on whether you mean the PNG file, the time the image was
created in a non-PNG format, a still photo from which the image was
scanned, or possibly the subject matter itself.  In order to facilitate
machine-readable dates, it is recommended that the "Creation Time"
3786
tEXt chunk use RFC 1123 format dates (e.g. "22 May 1997 18:07:10 GMT"),
3787 3788 3789
although this isn't a requirement.  Unlike the tIME chunk, the
"Creation Time" tEXt chunk is not expected to be automatically changed
by the software.  To facilitate the use of RFC 1123 dates, a function
3790
png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer(buffer, png_timep) is provided to
3791 3792
convert from PNG time to an RFC 1123 format string.  The caller must provide
a writeable buffer of at least 29 bytes.
3793

3794 3795
.SS Writing unknown chunks

3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836
You can use the png_set_unknown_chunks function to queue up private chunks
for writing.  You give it a chunk name, location, raw data, and a size.  You
also must use png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() to ensure that libpng will
handle them.  That's all there is to it.  The chunks will be written by the
next following png_write_info_before_PLTE, png_write_info, or png_write_end
function, depending upon the specified location.  Any chunks previously
read into the info structure's unknown-chunk list will also be written out
in a sequence that satisfies the PNG specification's ordering rules.

Here is an example of writing two private chunks, prVt and miNE:

    #ifdef PNG_WRITE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED
    /* Set unknown chunk data */
    png_unknown_chunk unk_chunk[2];
    strcpy((char *) unk_chunk[0].name, "prVt";
    unk_chunk[0].data = (unsigned char *) "PRIVATE DATA";
    unk_chunk[0].size = strlen(unk_chunk[0].data)+1;
    unk_chunk[0].location = PNG_HAVE_IHDR;
    strcpy((char *) unk_chunk[1].name, "miNE";
    unk_chunk[1].data = (unsigned char *) "MY CHUNK DATA";
    unk_chunk[1].size = strlen(unk_chunk[0].data)+1;
    unk_chunk[1].location = PNG_AFTER_IDAT;
    png_set_unknown_chunks(write_ptr, write_info_ptr,
        unk_chunk, 2);
    /* Needed because miNE is not safe-to-copy */
    png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png, PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS,
       (png_bytep) "miNE", 1);
    # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10600
      /* Deal with unknown chunk location bug in 1.5.x and earlier */
      png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 0, PNG_HAVE_IHDR);
      png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 1, PNG_AFTER_IDAT);
    # endif
    # if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10500
      /* PNG_AFTER_IDAT writes two copies of the chunk prior to libpng-1.5.0,
       * one before IDAT and another after IDAT, so don't use it; only use
       * PNG_HAVE_IHDR location.  This call resets the location previously
       * set by assignment and png_set_unknown_chunk_location() for chunk 1.
       */
      png_set_unknown_chunk_location(png, info, 1, PNG_HAVE_IHDR);
    # endif
    #endif
3837

3838 3839 3840 3841 3842
.SS The high-level write interface

At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level
write interface, or through a sequence of low-level write operations.
You can use the high-level interface if your image data is present
3843
in the info structure.  All defined output
3844
transformations are permitted, enabled by the following masks.
3845 3846 3847

    PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY      No transformation
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING       Pack 1, 2 and 4-bit samples
3848 3849
    PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP      Change order of packed
                                pixels to LSB first
3850
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO   Invert monochrome images
3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT         Normalize pixels to the
                                sBIT depth
    PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR           Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA
                                to BGRA
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA    Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA
                                to AG
    PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA  Change alpha from opacity
                                to transparency
3859
    PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN   Byte-swap 16-bit samples
3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER        Strip out filler
                                      bytes (deprecated).
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE Strip out leading
                                      filler bytes
    PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER  Strip out trailing
                                      filler bytes
3866

3867 3868
If you have valid image data in the info structure (you can use
png_set_rows() to put image data in the info structure), simply do this:
3869 3870 3871

    png_write_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL)

3872
where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some set of
3873
transformation flags.  This call is equivalent to png_write_info(),
3874 3875
followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask,
then png_write_image(), and finally png_write_end().
3876

3877 3878
(The final parameter of this call is not yet used.  Someday it might point
to transformation parameters required by some future output transform.)
3879

3880 3881 3882
You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions
when you use png_write_png().

3883 3884 3885 3886 3887
.SS The low-level write interface

If you are going the low-level route instead, you are now ready to
write all the file information up to the actual image data.  You do
this with a call to png_write_info().
3888 3889 3890

    png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

3891 3892
Note that there is one transformation you may need to do before
png_write_info().  In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image is the
3893 3894 3895 3896
level of opacity.  If your data is supplied as a level of transparency,
you can invert the alpha channel before you write it, so that 0 is
fully transparent and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535
(in 16-bit images) is fully opaque, with
3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907

    png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr);

This must appear before png_write_info() instead of later with the
other transformations because in the case of paletted images the tRNS
chunk data has to be inverted before the tRNS chunk is written.  If
your image is not a paletted image, the tRNS data (which in such cases
represents a single color to be rendered as transparent) won't need to
be changed, and you can safely do this transformation after your
png_write_info() call.

3908 3909 3910 3911 3912
If you need to write a private chunk that you want to appear before
the PLTE chunk when PLTE is present, you can write the PNG info in
two steps, and insert code to write your own chunk between them:

    png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr);
3913
    png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...);
3914 3915
    png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr);

3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921
After you've written the file information, you can set up the library
to handle any special transformations of the image data.  The various
ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they
should occur.  This is important, as some of these change the color
type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on
certain color types and bit depths.  Even though each transformation
3922
checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should
3923 3924 3925
make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the
data.  For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data.

3926
PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes.  This code tells
3927
the library to strip input data that has 4 or 8 bytes per pixel down
3928 3929
to 3 or 6 bytes (or strip 2 or 4-byte grayscale+filler data to 1 or 2
bytes per pixel).
3930 3931 3932

    png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE);

3933
where the 0 is unused, and the location is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or
3934 3935
PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether the filler byte in the pixel
is stored XRGB or RGBX.
3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945

PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as
they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit files.
If the data is supplied at 1 pixel per byte, use this code, which will
correctly pack the pixels into a single byte:

    png_set_packing(png_ptr);

PNG files reduce possible bit depths to 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16.  If your
data is of another bit depth, you can write an sBIT chunk into the
3946
file so that decoders can recover the original data if desired.
3947

3948 3949 3950
    /* Set the true bit depth of the image data */
    if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR)
    {
3951 3952 3953
       sig_bit.red = true_bit_depth;
       sig_bit.green = true_bit_depth;
       sig_bit.blue = true_bit_depth;
3954
    }
3955

3956 3957
    else
    {
3958
       sig_bit.gray = true_bit_depth;
3959
    }
3960

3961 3962
    if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA)
    {
3963
       sig_bit.alpha = true_bit_depth;
3964 3965 3966 3967 3968
    }

    png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit);

If the data is stored in the row buffer in a bit depth other than
3969
one supported by PNG (e.g. 3 bit data in the range 0-7 for a 4-bit PNG),
3970 3971 3972 3973 3974
this will scale the values to appear to be the correct bit depth as
is required by PNG.

    png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit);

3975
PNG files store 16-bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian,
3976
ie. most significant bits first).  This code would be used if they are
3977 3978
supplied the other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits
first, the way PCs store them):
3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999

    if (bit_depth > 8)
       png_set_swap(png_ptr);

If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you
need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use:

    if (bit_depth < 8)
       png_set_packswap(png_ptr);

PNG files store 3 color pixels in red, green, blue order.  This code
would be used if they are supplied as blue, green, red:

    png_set_bgr(png_ptr);

PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being
one. This code would be used if the pixels are supplied with this reversed
(black being one and white being zero):

    png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr);

4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008
Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of
the existing ones meets your needs.  This is done by setting a callback
with

    png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr,
       write_transform_fn);

You must supply the function

4009 4010
    void write_transform_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_row_infop
       row_info, png_bytep data)
4011 4012

See pngtest.c for a working example.  Your function will be called
4013 4014 4015 4016 4017
before any of the other transformations are processed.  If supported
libpng also supplies an information routine that may be called from
your callback:

   png_get_current_row_number(png_ptr);
4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023
   png_get_current_pass_number(png_ptr);

This returns the current row passed to the transform.  With interlaced
images the value returned is the row in the input sub-image image.  Use
PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to
find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel (row,col,pass).
4024

4025 4026
The discussion of interlace handling above contains more information on how to
use these values.
4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035

You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your
callback function.

    png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, 0, 0);

The user_channels and user_depth parameters of this function are ignored
when writing; you can set them to zero as shown.

4036 4037
You can retrieve the pointer via the function png_get_user_transform_ptr().
For example:
4038 4039 4040

    voidp write_user_transform_ptr =
       png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr);
4041

4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056
It is possible to have libpng flush any pending output, either manually,
or automatically after a certain number of lines have been written.  To
flush the output stream a single time call:

    png_write_flush(png_ptr);

and to have libpng flush the output stream periodically after a certain
number of scanlines have been written, call:

    png_set_flush(png_ptr, nrows);

Note that the distance between rows is from the last time png_write_flush()
was called, or the first row of the image if it has never been called.
So if you write 50 lines, and then png_set_flush 25, it will flush the
output on the next scanline, and every 25 lines thereafter, unless
4057
png_write_flush() is called before 25 more lines have been written.
4058
If nrows is too small (less than about 10 lines for a 640 pixel wide
4059
RGB image) the image compression may decrease noticeably (although this
4060 4061 4062 4063
may be acceptable for real-time applications).  Infrequent flushing will
only degrade the compression performance by a few percent over images
that do not use flushing.

4064 4065
.SS Writing the image data

4066
That's it for the transformations.  Now you can write the image data.
4067
The simplest way to do this is in one function call.  If you have the
4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077
whole image in memory, you can just call png_write_image() and libpng
will write the image.  You will need to pass in an array of pointers to
each row.  This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't
need to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple
times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_write_rows().

    png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers);

where row_pointers is:

4078
    png_byte *row_pointers[height];
4079 4080 4081

You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels.

4082
If you don't want to write the whole image at once, you can
4083 4084 4085 4086 4087 4088 4089 4090 4091
use png_write_rows() instead.  If the file is not interlaced,
this is simple:

    png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers,
       number_of_rows);

row_pointers is the same as in the png_write_image() call.

If you are just writing one row at a time, you can do this with
4092
a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers:
4093 4094 4095

    png_bytep row_pointer = row;

4096
    png_write_row(png_ptr, row_pointer);
4097

4098 4099 4100 4101 4102 4103 4104
When the file is interlaced, things can get a good deal more complicated.
The only currently (as of the PNG Specification version 1.2, dated July
1999) defined interlacing scheme for PNG files is the "Adam7" interlace
scheme, that breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying
size.  libpng will build these images for you, or you can do them
yourself.  If you want to build them yourself, see the PNG specification
for details of which pixels to write when.
4105 4106 4107

If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just
use png_set_interlace_handling() and call png_write_rows() the
4108 4109
correct number of times to write all the sub-images
(png_set_interlace_handling() returns the number of sub-images.)
4110 4111 4112 4113

If you want libpng to build the sub-images, call this before you start
writing any rows:

4114
    number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr);
4115

4116 4117
This will return the number of passes needed.  Currently, this is seven,
but may change if another interlace type is added.
4118 4119 4120

Then write the complete image number_of_passes times.

4121 4122 4123 4124 4125 4126 4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133
    png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, number_of_rows);

Think carefully before you write an interlaced image.  Typically code that
reads such images reads all the image data into memory, uncompressed, before
doing any processing.  Only code that can display an image on the fly can
take advantage of the interlacing and even then the image has to be exactly
the correct size for the output device, because scaling an image requires
adjacent pixels and these are not available until all the passes have been
read.

If you do write an interlaced image you will hardly ever need to handle
the interlacing yourself.  Call png_set_interlace_handling() and use the
approach described above.
4134

4135 4136 4137 4138 4139 4140
The only time it is conceivable that you will really need to write an
interlaced image pass-by-pass is when you have read one pass by pass and
made some pixel-by-pixel transformation to it, as described in the read
code above.  In this case use the PNG_PASS_ROWS and PNG_PASS_COLS macros
to determine the size of each sub-image in turn and simply write the rows
you obtained from the read code.
4141

4142 4143
.SS Finishing a sequential write

4144 4145 4146 4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154
After you are finished writing the image, you should finish writing
the file.  If you are interested in writing comments or time, you should
pass an appropriately filled png_info pointer.  If you are not interested,
you can pass NULL.

    png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr);

When you are done, you can free all memory used by libpng like this:

    png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr);

4155
It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that
4156
point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function:
4157

4158
    png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq)
4159

4160
    mask  - identifies data to be freed, a mask
4161
            containing the bitwise OR of one or
4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168
            more of
              PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS,
              PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP,
              PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS,
              PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT,
              PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN,
            or simply PNG_FREE_ALL
4169

4170
    seq   - sequence number of item to be freed
4171
            (\-1 for all items)
4172

4173
This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has
4174
already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated
4175 4176
by the user  and not by libpng,  and will in those cases do nothing.
The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data
4177
type, such as PLTE, is allowed.  If "seq" is not \-1, and multiple items
4178 4179 4180 4181 4182
are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or
sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq".

If you allocated data such as a palette that you passed in to libpng
with png_set_*, you must not free it until just before the call to
4183
png_destroy_write_struct().
4184

4185 4186
The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally
by libpng.  This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data,
4187
or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc()
4188
or png_calloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with
4189 4190

    png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask)
4191

4192 4193 4194 4195
    freer  - one of
               PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA
               PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA
4196

4197 4198 4199
    mask   - which data elements are affected
             same choices as in png_free_data()

4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205
For example, to transfer responsibility for some data from a read structure
to a write structure, you could use

    png_data_freer(read_ptr, read_info_ptr,
       PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA,
       PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)
4206

4207 4208 4209 4210
    png_data_freer(write_ptr, write_info_ptr,
       PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA,
       PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST)

4211
thereby briefly reassigning responsibility for freeing to the user but
4212 4213 4214 4215 4216
immediately afterwards reassigning it once more to the write_destroy
function.  Having done this, it would then be safe to destroy the read
structure and continue to use the PLTE, tRNS, and hIST data in the write
structure.

4217 4218 4219 4220
This function only affects data that has already been allocated.
You can call this function before calling after the png_set_*() functions
to control whether the user or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data.
When the user assumes responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the
4221 4222 4223
application must use
png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng
for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc()
4224
or png_calloc() to allocate it.
4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231

If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword
separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng,
because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with
the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key.  Similarly,
if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your
application, your application must not separately free those members.
4232 4233
For a more compact example of writing a PNG image, see the file example.c.

4234 4235 4236 4237 4238 4239
.SH V. Simplified API

The simplified API, which became available in libpng-1.6.0, hides the details
of both libpng and the PNG file format itself.
It allows PNG files to be read into a very limited number of
in-memory bitmap formats or to be written from the same formats.  If these
4240
formats do not accommodate your needs then you can, and should, use the more
4241 4242 4243 4244 4245 4246
sophisticated APIs above - these support a wide variety of in-memory formats
and a wide variety of sophisticated transformations to those formats as well
as a wide variety of APIs to manipulate ancilliary information.

To read a PNG file using the simplified API:

4247 4248 4249
  1) Declare a 'png_image' structure (see below) on the stack, set the
     version field to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION and the 'opaque' pointer to NULL
     (this is REQUIRED, your program may crash if you don't do it.)
4250 4251 4252

  2) Call the appropriate png_image_begin_read... function.

4253
  3) Set the png_image 'format' member to the required sample format.
4254

4255 4256 4257 4258
  4) Allocate a buffer for the image and, if required, the color-map.

  5) Call png_image_finish_read to read the image and, if required, the
     color-map into your buffers.
4259 4260 4261 4262

There are no restrictions on the format of the PNG input itself; all valid
color types, bit depths, and interlace methods are acceptable, and the
input image is transformed as necessary to the requested in-memory format
4263 4264 4265 4266
during the png_image_finish_read() step.  The only caveat is that if you
request a color-mapped image from a PNG that is full-color or makes
complex use of an alpha channel the transformation is extremely lossy and the
result may look terrible.
4267 4268 4269 4270 4271 4272 4273 4274

To write a PNG file using the simplified API:

  1) Declare a 'png_image' structure on the stack and memset()
     it to all zero.

  2) Initialize the members of the structure that describe the
     image, setting the 'format' member to the format of the
4275
     image samples.
4276 4277

  3) Call the appropriate png_image_write... function with a
4278 4279
     pointer to the image and, if necessary, the color-map to write
     the PNG data.
4280 4281

png_image is a structure that describes the in-memory format of an image
4282
when it is being read or defines the in-memory format of an image that you
4283 4284
need to write.  The "png_image" structure contains the following members:

4285
   png_controlp opaque  Initialize to NULL, free with png_image_free
4286
   png_uint_32  version Set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
4287 4288 4289 4290
   png_uint_32  width   Image width in pixels (columns)
   png_uint_32  height  Image height in pixels (rows)
   png_uint_32  format  Image format as defined below
   png_uint_32  flags   A bit mask containing informational flags
4291 4292 4293
   png_uint_32  colormap_entries; Number of entries in the color-map
   png_uint_32  warning_or_error;
   char         message[64];
4294

4295
In the event of an error or warning the "warning_or_error"
4296 4297 4298
field will be set to a non-zero value and the 'message' field will contain
a '\0' terminated string with the libpng error or warning message.  If both
warnings and an error were encountered, only the error is recorded.  If there
4299 4300
are multiple warnings, only the first one is recorded.

4301 4302 4303
The upper 30 bits of the "warning_or_error" value are reserved; the low two
bits contain a two bit code such that a value more than 1 indicates a failure
in the API just called:
4304

4305 4306 4307 4308
   0 - no warning or error
   1 - warning
   2 - error
   3 - error preceded by warning
4309 4310 4311

The pixels (samples) of the image have one to four channels whose components
have original values in the range 0 to 1.0:
4312

4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319
  1: A single gray or luminance channel (G).
  2: A gray/luminance channel and an alpha channel (GA).
  3: Three red, green, blue color channels (RGB).
  4: Three color channels and an alpha channel (RGBA).

The channels are encoded in one of two ways:

4320
  a) As a small integer, value 0..255, contained in a single byte.  For the
4321 4322 4323 4324 4325 4326 4327
alpha channel the original value is simply value/255.  For the color or
luminance channels the value is encoded according to the sRGB specification
and matches the 8-bit format expected by typical display devices.

The color/gray channels are not scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
channel and are suitable for passing to color management software.

4328 4329 4330
  b) As a value in the range 0..65535, contained in a 2-byte integer, in
the native byte order of the platform on which the application is running.
All channels can be converted to the original value by dividing by 65535; all
4331 4332 4333 4334
channels are linear.  Color channels use the RGB encoding (RGB end-points) of
the sRGB specification.  This encoding is identified by the
PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR flag below.

4335 4336 4337 4338 4339
When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces,
the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the
article at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2
approximation used elsewhere in libpng.

4340 4341 4342 4343 4344
When an alpha channel is present it is expected to denote pixel coverage
of the color or luminance channels and is returned as an associated alpha
channel: the color/gray channels are scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha
value.

4345 4346 4347 4348 4349
The samples are either contained directly in the image data, between 1 and 8
bytes per pixel according to the encoding, or are held in a color-map indexed
by bytes in the image data.  In the case of a color-map the color-map entries
are individual samples, encoded as above, and the image data has one byte per
pixel to select the relevant sample from the color-map.
4350

4351 4352 4353 4354
PNG_FORMAT_*

The #defines to be used in png_image::format.  Each #define identifies a
particular layout of channel data and, if present, alpha values.  There are
4355
separate defines for each of the two component encodings.
4356

4357 4358 4359 4360 4361
A format is built up using single bit flag values.  All combinations are
valid.  Formats can be built up from the flag values or you can use one of
the predefined values below.  When testing formats always use the FORMAT_FLAG
macros to test for individual features - future versions of the library may
add new flags.
4362

4363 4364 4365 4366 4367
When reading or writing color-mapped images the format should be set to the
format of the entries in the color-map then png_image_{read,write}_colormap
called to read or write the color-map and set the format correctly for the
image data.  Do not set the PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP bit directly!

4368
NOTE: libpng can be built with particular features disabled. If you see
4369 4370 4371
compiler errors because the definition of one of the following flags has been
compiled out it is because libpng does not have the required support.  It is
possible, however, for the libpng configuration to enable the format on just
4372 4373 4374
read or just write; in that case you may see an error at run time.
You can guard against this by checking for the definition of the
appropriate "_SUPPORTED" macro, one of:
4375 4376 4377

   PNG_SIMPLIFIED_{READ,WRITE}_{BGR,AFIRST}_SUPPORTED

4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA    format with an alpha channel
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR    color format: otherwise grayscale
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR   2-byte channels else 1-byte
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP image data is color-mapped
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR      BGR colors, else order is RGB
   PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST   alpha channel comes first
4384 4385 4386 4387 4388 4389

Supported formats are as follows.  Future versions of libpng may support more
formats; for compatibility with older versions simply check if the format
macro is defined using #ifdef.  These defines describe the in-memory layout
of the components of the pixels of the image.

4390
First the single byte (sRGB) formats:
4391

4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400
   PNG_FORMAT_GRAY
   PNG_FORMAT_GA
   PNG_FORMAT_AG
   PNG_FORMAT_RGB
   PNG_FORMAT_BGR
   PNG_FORMAT_RGBA
   PNG_FORMAT_ARGB
   PNG_FORMAT_BGRA
   PNG_FORMAT_ABGR
4401

4402
Then the linear 2-byte formats.  When naming these "Y" is used to
4403 4404
indicate a luminance (gray) channel.  The component order within the pixel
is always the same - there is no provision for swapping the order of the
4405 4406 4407
components in the linear format.  The components are 16-bit integers in
the native byte order for your platform, and there is no provision for
swapping the bytes to a different endian condition.
4408

4409
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y
4410 4411 4412 4413
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y_ALPHA
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB
   PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB_ALPHA

4414 4415 4416 4417
With color-mapped formats the image data is one byte for each pixel. The byte
is an index into the color-map which is formatted as above.  To obtain a
color-mapped format it is sufficient just to add the PNG_FOMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP
to one of the above definitions, or you can use one of the definitions below.
4418

4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424
   PNG_FORMAT_RGB_COLORMAP
   PNG_FORMAT_BGR_COLORMAP
   PNG_FORMAT_RGBA_COLORMAP
   PNG_FORMAT_ARGB_COLORMAP
   PNG_FORMAT_BGRA_COLORMAP
   PNG_FORMAT_ABGR_COLORMAP
4425

4426 4427
PNG_IMAGE macros

4428 4429 4430 4431
These are convenience macros to derive information from a png_image
structure.  The PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_ macros return values appropriate to the
actual image sample values - either the entries in the color-map or the
pixels in the image.  The PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_ macros return corresponding values
4432 4433 4434
for the pixels and will always return 1 for color-mapped formats.  The
remaining macros return information about the rows in the image and the
complete image.
4435 4436 4437 4438 4439 4440 4441 4442

NOTE: All the macros that take a png_image::format parameter are compile time
constants if the format parameter is, itself, a constant.  Therefore these
macros can be used in array declarations and case labels where required.
Similarly the macros are also pre-processor constants (sizeof is not used) so
they can be used in #if tests.

  PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt)
4443 4444
    Returns the total number of channels in a given format: 1..4

4445 4446
  PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)
    Returns the size in bytes of a single component of a pixel or color-map
4447
    entry (as appropriate) in the image: 1 or 2.
4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453

  PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE(fmt)
    This is the size of the sample data for one sample.  If the image is
    color-mapped it is the size of one color-map entry (and image pixels are
    one byte in size), otherwise it is the size of one image pixel.

4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460 4461 4462 4463 4464 4465 4466
  PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(fmt)
    The maximum size of the color-map required by the format expressed in a
    count of components.  This can be used to compile-time allocate a
    color-map:

    png_uint_16 colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(linear_fmt)];

    png_byte colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(sRGB_fmt)];

    Alternatively use the PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE macro below to use the
    information from one of the png_image_begin_read_ APIs and dynamically
    allocate the required memory.

4467 4468
  PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(fmt)
   The size of the color-map required by the format; this is the size of the
4469
   color-map buffer passed to the png_image_{read,write}_colormap APIs. It is
4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477 4478 4479 4480 4481
   a fixed number determined by the format so can easily be allocated on the
   stack if necessary.

Corresponding information about the pixels

  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS(fmt)
   The number of separate channels (components) in a pixel; 1 for a
   color-mapped image.

  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\
   The size, in bytes, of each component in a pixel; 1 for a color-mapped
   image.
4482

4483
  PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_SIZE(fmt)
4484
   The size, in bytes, of a complete pixel; 1 for a color-mapped image.
4485

4486
Information about the whole row, or whole image
4487

4488 4489 4490 4491 4492
  PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)
   Returns the total number of components in a single row of the image; this
   is the minimum 'row stride', the minimum count of components between each
   row.  For a color-mapped image this is the minimum number of bytes in a
   row.
4493

4494 4495 4496 4497 4498
   If you need the stride measured in bytes, row_stride_bytes is
   PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image) * PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)
   plus any padding bytes that your application might need, for example
   to start the next row on a 4-byte boundary.

4499
  PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, row_stride)
4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514 4515 4516
   Return the size, in bytes, of an image buffer given a png_image and a row
   stride - the number of components to leave space for in each row.

  PNG_IMAGE_SIZE(image)
   Return the size, in bytes, of the image in memory given just a png_image;
   the row stride is the minimum stride required for the image.

  PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(image)
   Return the size, in bytes, of the color-map of this image.  If the image
   format is not a color-map format this will return a size sufficient for
   256 entries in the given format; check PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP if
   you don't want to allocate a color-map in this case.

PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_*

Flags containing additional information about the image are held in
the 'flags' field of png_image.
4517

4518 4519 4520
  PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB == 0x01
    This indicates the the RGB values of the in-memory bitmap do not
    correspond to the red, green and blue end-points defined by sRGB.
4521

4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547
  PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_FAST == 0x02
   On write emphasise speed over compression; the resultant PNG file will be
   larger but will be produced significantly faster, particular for large
   images.  Do not use this option for images which will be distributed, only
   used it when producing intermediate files that will be read back in
   repeatedly.  For a typical 24-bit image the option will double the read
   speed at the cost of increasing the image size by 25%, however for many
   more compressible images the PNG file can be 10 times larger with only a
   slight speed gain.

  PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_16BIT_sRGB == 0x04
    On read if the image is a 16-bit per component image and there is no gAMA
    or sRGB chunk assume that the components are sRGB encoded.  Notice that
    images output by the simplified API always have gamma information; setting
    this flag only affects the interpretation of 16-bit images from an
    external source.  It is recommended that the application expose this flag
    to the user; the user can normally easily recognize the difference between
    linear and sRGB encoding.  This flag has no effect on write - the data
    passed to the write APIs must have the correct encoding (as defined
    above.)

    If the flag is not set (the default) input 16-bit per component data is
    assumed to be linear.

    NOTE: the flag can only be set after the png_image_begin_read_ call,
    because that call initializes the 'flags' field.
4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570

READ APIs

   The png_image passed to the read APIs must have been initialized by setting
   the png_controlp field 'opaque' to NULL (or, better, memset the whole thing.)

   int png_image_begin_read_from_file( png_imagep image,
     const char *file_name)

     The named file is opened for read and the image header
     is filled in from the PNG header in the file.

   int png_image_begin_read_from_stdio (png_imagep image,
     FILE* file)

      The PNG header is read from the stdio FILE object.

   int png_image_begin_read_from_memory(png_imagep image,
      png_const_voidp memory, png_size_t size)

      The PNG header is read from the given memory buffer.

   int png_image_finish_read(png_imagep image,
4571 4572
      png_colorp background, void *buffer,
      png_int_32 row_stride, void *colormap));
4573 4574 4575

      Finish reading the image into the supplied buffer and
      clean up the png_image structure.
4576

4577 4578 4579 4580 4581
      row_stride is the step, in png_byte or png_uint_16 units
      as appropriate, between adjacent rows.  A positive stride
      indicates that the top-most row is first in the buffer -
      the normal top-down arrangement.  A negative stride
      indicates that the bottom-most row is first in the buffer.
4582

4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588
      background need only be supplied if an alpha channel must
      be removed from a png_byte format and the removal is to be
      done by compositing on a solid color; otherwise it may be
      NULL and any composition will be done directly onto the
      buffer.  The value is an sRGB color to use for the
      background, for grayscale output the green channel is used.
4589

4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598
      For linear output removing the alpha channel is always done
      by compositing on black.

   void png_image_free(png_imagep image)

      Free any data allocated by libpng in image->opaque,
      setting the pointer to NULL.  May be called at any time
      after the structure is initialized.

4599 4600 4601 4602
When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces,
the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the
article at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2
approximation used elsewhere in libpng.
4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608

WRITE APIS

For write you must initialize a png_image structure to describe the image to
be written:

4609
   version: must be set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION
4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616
   opaque: must be initialized to NULL
   width: image width in pixels
   height: image height in rows
   format: the format of the data you wish to write
   flags: set to 0 unless one of the defined flags applies; set
      PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB for color format images
      where the RGB values do not correspond to the colors in sRGB.
4617
   colormap_entries: set to the number of entries in the color-map (0 to 256)
4618 4619 4620

   int png_image_write_to_file, (png_imagep image,
      const char *file, int convert_to_8bit, const void *buffer,
4621
      png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap));
4622 4623 4624

      Write the image to the named file.

4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631
   int png_image_write_to_memory (png_imagep image, void *memory,
      png_alloc_size_t * PNG_RESTRICT memory_bytes,
      int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer, ptrdiff_t row_stride,
      const void *colormap));

      Write the image to memory.

4632
   int png_image_write_to_stdio(png_imagep image, FILE *file,
4633 4634
      int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer,
      png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap)
4635 4636 4637 4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644

      Write the image to the given (FILE*).

With all write APIs if image is in one of the linear formats with
(png_uint_16) data then setting convert_to_8_bit will cause the output to be
a (png_byte) PNG gamma encoded according to the sRGB specification, otherwise
a 16-bit linear encoded PNG file is written.

With all APIs row_stride is handled as in the read APIs - it is the spacing
from one row to the next in component sized units (float) and if negative
4645 4646
indicates a bottom-up row layout in the buffer.  If you pass zero, libpng will
calculate the row_stride for you from the width and number of channels.
4647 4648

Note that the write API does not support interlacing, sub-8-bit pixels,
4649
indexed (paletted) images, or most ancillary chunks.
4650 4651

.SH VI. Modifying/Customizing libpng
4652

4653
There are two issues here.  The first is changing how libpng does
4654 4655 4656
standard things like memory allocation, input/output, and error handling.
The second deals with more complicated things like adding new chunks,
adding new transformations, and generally changing how libpng works.
4657 4658
Both of those are compile-time issues; that is, they are generally
determined at the time the code is written, and there is rarely a need
4659
to provide the user with a means of changing them.
4660 4661

Memory allocation, input/output, and error handling
4662 4663

All of the memory allocation, input/output, and error handling in libpng
4664
goes through callbacks that are user-settable.  The default routines are
4665
in pngmem.c, pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, respectively.  To change
4666
these functions, call the appropriate png_set_*_fn() function.
4667

4668
Memory allocation is done through the functions png_malloc(), png_calloc(),
4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674
and png_free().  The png_malloc() and png_free() functions currently just
call the standard C functions and png_calloc() calls png_malloc() and then
clears the newly allocated memory to zero; note that png_calloc(png_ptr, size)
is not the same as the calloc(number, size) function provided by stdlib.h.
There is limited support for certain systems with segmented memory
architectures and the types of pointers declared by png.h match this; you
4675 4676 4677 4678 4679
will have to use appropriate pointers in your application.  If you prefer
to use a different method of allocating and freeing data, you can use
png_create_read_struct_2() or png_create_write_struct_2() to register your
own functions as described above.  These functions also provide a void
pointer that can be retrieved via
4680 4681 4682 4683 4684

    mem_ptr=png_get_mem_ptr(png_ptr);

Your replacement memory functions must have prototypes as follows:

4685
    png_voidp malloc_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
4686
       png_alloc_size_t size);
4687

4688
    void free_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr);
4689

4690 4691 4692
Your malloc_fn() must return NULL in case of failure.  The png_malloc()
function will normally call png_error() if it receives a NULL from the
system memory allocator or from your replacement malloc_fn().
4693

4694 4695 4696
Your free_fn() will never be called with a NULL ptr, since libpng's
png_free() checks for NULL before calling free_fn().

4697 4698 4699 4700 4701
Input/Output in libpng is done through png_read() and png_write(),
which currently just call fread() and fwrite().  The FILE * is stored in
png_struct and is initialized via png_init_io().  If you wish to change
the method of I/O, the library supplies callbacks that you can set
through the function png_set_read_fn() and png_set_write_fn() at run
4702
time, instead of calling the png_init_io() function.  These functions
4703 4704 4705
also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via the function
png_get_io_ptr().  For example:

4706 4707
    png_set_read_fn(png_structp read_ptr,
        voidp read_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr read_data_fn)
4708

4709 4710
    png_set_write_fn(png_structp write_ptr,
        voidp write_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr write_data_fn,
4711 4712
        png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn);

4713 4714
    voidp read_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(read_ptr);
    voidp write_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(write_ptr);
4715

4716
The replacement I/O functions must have prototypes as follows:
4717 4718

    void user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr,
4719
        png_bytep data, png_size_t length);
4720

4721
    void user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr,
4722
        png_bytep data, png_size_t length);
4723

4724 4725
    void user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr);

4726 4727 4728
The user_read_data() function is responsible for detecting and
handling end-of-data errors.

4729
Supplying NULL for the read, write, or flush functions sets them back
4730 4731 4732 4733 4734
to using the default C stream functions, which expect the io_ptr to
point to a standard *FILE structure.  It is probably a mistake
to use NULL for one of write_data_fn and output_flush_fn but not both
of them, unless you have built libpng with PNG_NO_WRITE_FLUSH defined.
It is an error to read from a write stream, and vice versa.
4735 4736 4737 4738

Error handling in libpng is done through png_error() and png_warning().
Errors handled through png_error() are fatal, meaning that png_error()
should never return to its caller.  Currently, this is handled via
4739
setjmp() and longjmp() (unless you have compiled libpng with
4740
PNG_NO_SETJMP, in which case it is handled via PNG_ABORT()),
4741
but you could change this to do things like exit() if you should wish,
4742
as long as your function does not return.
4743 4744

On non-fatal errors, png_warning() is called
4745 4746
to print a warning message, and then control returns to the calling code.
By default png_error() and png_warning() print a message on stderr via
4747 4748 4749 4750 4751
fprintf() unless the library is compiled with PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO defined
(because you don't want the messages) or PNG_NO_STDIO defined (because
fprintf() isn't available).  If you wish to change the behavior of the error
functions, you will need to set up your own message callbacks.  These
functions are normally supplied at the time that the png_struct is created.
4752 4753
It is also possible to redirect errors and warnings to your own replacement
functions after png_create_*_struct() has been called by calling:
4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767

    png_set_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
        png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn,
        png_error_ptr warning_fn);

    png_voidp error_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr);

If NULL is supplied for either error_fn or warning_fn, then the libpng
default function will be used, calling fprintf() and/or longjmp() if a
problem is encountered.  The replacement error functions should have
parameters as follows:

    void user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
        png_const_charp error_msg);
4768

4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775
    void user_warning_fn(png_structp png_ptr,
        png_const_charp warning_msg);

The motivation behind using setjmp() and longjmp() is the C++ throw and
catch exception handling methods.  This makes the code much easier to write,
as there is no need to check every return code of every function call.
However, there are some uncertainties about the status of local variables
4776 4777 4778
after a longjmp, so the user may want to be careful about doing anything
after setjmp returns non-zero besides returning itself.  Consult your
compiler documentation for more details.  For an alternative approach, you
4779 4780
may wish to use the "cexcept" facility (see http://cexcept.sourceforge.net),
which is illustrated in pngvalid.c and in contrib/visupng.
4781

4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787
Beginning in libpng-1.4.0, the png_set_benign_errors() API became available.
You can use this to handle certain errors (normally handled as errors)
as warnings.

    png_set_benign_errors (png_ptr, int allowed);

4788
    allowed: 0: treat png_benign_error() as an error.
4789 4790
             1: treat png_benign_error() as a warning.

4791 4792 4793
As of libpng-1.6.0, the default condition is to treat benign errors as
warnings while reading and as errors while writing.

4794 4795 4796 4797 4798
.SS Custom chunks

If you need to read or write custom chunks, you may need to get deeper
into the libpng code.  The library now has mechanisms for storing
and writing chunks of unknown type; you can even declare callbacks
4799
for custom chunks.  However, this may not be good enough if the
4800 4801 4802 4803
library code itself needs to know about interactions between your
chunk and existing `intrinsic' chunks.

If you need to write a new intrinsic chunk, first read the PNG
4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809
specification. Acquire a first level of understanding of how it works.
Pay particular attention to the sections that describe chunk names,
and look at how other chunks were designed, so you can do things
similarly.  Second, check out the sections of libpng that read and
write chunks.  Try to find a chunk that is similar to yours and use
it as a template.  More details can be found in the comments inside
4810 4811 4812 4813 4814
the code.  It is best to handle private or unknown chunks in a generic method,
via callback functions, instead of by modifying libpng functions. This
is illustrated in pngtest.c, which uses a callback function to handle a
private "vpAg" chunk and the new "sTER" chunk, which are both unknown to
libpng.
4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821

If you wish to write your own transformation for the data, look through
the part of the code that does the transformations, and check out some of
the simpler ones to get an idea of how they work.  Try to find a similar
transformation to the one you want to add and copy off of it.  More details
can be found in the comments inside the code itself.

4822
.SS Configuring for gui/windowing platforms:
4823 4824 4825

You will need to write new error and warning functions that use the GUI
interface, as described previously, and set them to be the error and
4826
warning functions at the time that png_create_*_struct() is called,
4827
in order to have them available during the structure initialization.
4828
They can be changed later via png_set_error_fn().  On some compilers,
4829 4830
you may also have to change the memory allocators (png_malloc, etc.).

4831
.SS Configuring zlib:
4832 4833 4834 4835 4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844

There are special functions to configure the compression.  Perhaps the
most useful one changes the compression level, which currently uses
input compression values in the range 0 - 9.  The library normally
uses the default compression level (Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 6).  Tests
have shown that for a large majority of images, compression values in
the range 3-6 compress nearly as well as higher levels, and do so much
faster.  For online applications it may be desirable to have maximum speed
(Z_BEST_SPEED = 1).  With versions of zlib after v0.99, you can also
specify no compression (Z_NO_COMPRESSION = 0), but this would create
files larger than just storing the raw bitmap.  You can specify the
compression level by calling:

4845
    #include zlib.h
4846 4847 4848 4849 4850
    png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, level);

Another useful one is to reduce the memory level used by the library.
The memory level defaults to 8, but it can be lowered if you are
short on memory (running DOS, for example, where you only have 640K).
4851 4852 4853 4854
Note that the memory level does have an effect on compression; among
other things, lower levels will result in sections of incompressible
data being emitted in smaller stored blocks, with a correspondingly
larger relative overhead of up to 15% in the worst case.
4855

4856
    #include zlib.h
4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862
    png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);

The other functions are for configuring zlib.  They are not recommended
for normal use and may result in writing an invalid PNG file.  See
zlib.h for more information on what these mean.

4863
    #include zlib.h
4864 4865
    png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        strategy);
4866

4867 4868
    png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
        window_bits);
4869

4870
    png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
4871

4872 4873
This controls the size of the IDAT chunks (default 8192):

4874
    png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, size);
4875

4876 4877 4878 4879 4880
As of libpng version 1.5.4, additional APIs became
available to set these separately for non-IDAT
compressed chunks such as zTXt, iTXt, and iCCP:

    #include zlib.h
4881
    #if PNG_LIBPNG_VER >= 10504
4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894
    png_set_text_compression_level(png_ptr, level);

    png_set_text_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level);

    png_set_text_compression_strategy(png_ptr,
        strategy);

    png_set_text_compression_window_bits(png_ptr,
        window_bits);

    png_set_text_compression_method(png_ptr, method);
    #endif

4895
.SS Controlling row filtering
4896 4897 4898 4899 4900 4901 4902

If you want to control whether libpng uses filtering or not, which
filters are used, and how it goes about picking row filters, you
can call one of these functions.  The selection and configuration
of row filters can have a significant impact on the size and
encoding speed and a somewhat lesser impact on the decoding speed
of an image.  Filtering is enabled by default for RGB and grayscale
4903 4904
images (with and without alpha), but not for paletted images nor
for any images with bit depths less than 8 bits/pixel.
4905 4906

The 'method' parameter sets the main filtering method, which is
4907
currently only '0' in the PNG 1.2 specification.  The 'filters'
4908
parameter sets which filter(s), if any, should be used for each
4909 4910 4911
scanline.  Possible values are PNG_ALL_FILTERS, PNG_NO_FILTERS,
or PNG_FAST_FILTERS to turn filtering on and off, or to turn on
just the fast-decoding subset of filters, respectively.
4912 4913 4914

Individual filter types are PNG_FILTER_NONE, PNG_FILTER_SUB,
PNG_FILTER_UP, PNG_FILTER_AVG, PNG_FILTER_PAETH, which can be bitwise
4915
ORed together with '|' to specify one or more filters to use.
4916 4917
These filters are described in more detail in the PNG specification.
If you intend to change the filter type during the course of writing
4918 4919
the image, you should start with flags set for all of the filters
you intend to use so that libpng can initialize its internal
4920 4921 4922 4923
structures appropriately for all of the filter types.  (Note that this
means the first row must always be adaptively filtered, because libpng
currently does not allocate the filter buffers until png_write_row()
is called for the first time.)
4924

4925 4926 4927 4928 4929 4930 4931
    filters = PNG_NO_FILTERS;
    filters = PNG_ALL_FILTERS;
    filters = PNG_FAST_FILTERS;

    or

    filters = PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB |
4932
              PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_AVG |
4933
              PNG_FILTER_PAETH;
4934

4935 4936
    png_set_filter(png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE,
       filters);
4937

4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943
              The second parameter can also be
              PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if you are
              writing a PNG to be embedded in a MNG
              datastream.  This parameter must be the
              same as the value of filter_method used
              in png_set_IHDR().
4944

4945
.SS Requesting debug printout
4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963

The macro definition PNG_DEBUG can be used to request debugging
printout.  Set it to an integer value in the range 0 to 3.  Higher
numbers result in increasing amounts of debugging information.  The
information is printed to the "stderr" file, unless another file
name is specified in the PNG_DEBUG_FILE macro definition.

When PNG_DEBUG > 0, the following functions (macros) become available:

   png_debug(level, message)
   png_debug1(level, message, p1)
   png_debug2(level, message, p1, p2)

in which "level" is compared to PNG_DEBUG to decide whether to print
the message, "message" is the formatted string to be printed,
and p1 and p2 are parameters that are to be embedded in the string
according to printf-style formatting directives.  For example,

4964
   png_debug1(2, "foo=%d", foo);
4965 4966 4967

is expanded to

4968
   if (PNG_DEBUG > 2)
4969
      fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE, "foo=%d\en", foo);
4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976

When PNG_DEBUG is defined but is zero, the macros aren't defined, but you
can still use PNG_DEBUG to control your own debugging:

   #ifdef PNG_DEBUG
       fprintf(stderr, ...
   #endif
4977

4978 4979 4980
When PNG_DEBUG = 1, the macros are defined, but only png_debug statements
having level = 0 will be printed.  There aren't any such statements in
this version of libpng, but if you insert some they will be printed.
4981

4982
.SH VII.  MNG support
4983 4984 4985 4986 4987 4988 4989

The MNG specification (available at http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng) allows
certain extensions to PNG for PNG images that are embedded in MNG datastreams.
Libpng can support some of these extensions.  To enable them, use the
png_permit_mng_features() function:

   feature_set = png_permit_mng_features(png_ptr, mask)
4990

4991
   mask is a png_uint_32 containing the bitwise OR of the
4992 4993 4994 4995
        features you want to enable.  These include
        PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE
        PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64
        PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES
4996

4997
   feature_set is a png_uint_32 that is the bitwise AND of
4998 4999 5000
      your mask with the set of MNG features that is
      supported by the version of libpng that you are using.

5001 5002
It is an error to use this function when reading or writing a standalone
PNG file with the PNG 8-byte signature.  The PNG datastream must be wrapped
5003 5004 5005 5006 5007
in a MNG datastream.  As a minimum, it must have the MNG 8-byte signature
and the MHDR and MEND chunks.  Libpng does not provide support for these
or any other MNG chunks; your application must provide its own support for
them.  You may wish to consider using libmng (available at
http://www.libmng.com) instead.
5008

5009
.SH VIII.  Changes to Libpng from version 0.88
5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 5018

It should be noted that versions of libpng later than 0.96 are not
distributed by the original libpng author, Guy Schalnat, nor by
Andreas Dilger, who had taken over from Guy during 1996 and 1997, and
distributed versions 0.89 through 0.96, but rather by another member
of the original PNG Group, Glenn Randers-Pehrson.  Guy and Andreas are
still alive and well, but they have moved on to other things.

The old libpng functions png_read_init(), png_write_init(),
5019
png_info_init(), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() have been
5020
moved to PNG_INTERNAL in version 0.95 to discourage their use.  These
5021
functions will be removed from libpng version 1.4.0.
5022 5023

The preferred method of creating and initializing the libpng structures is
5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036
via the png_create_read_struct(), png_create_write_struct(), and
png_create_info_struct() because they isolate the size of the structures
from the application, allow version error checking, and also allow the
use of custom error handling routines during the initialization, which
the old functions do not.  The functions png_read_destroy() and
png_write_destroy() do not actually free the memory that libpng
allocated for these structs, but just reset the data structures, so they
can be used instead of png_destroy_read_struct() and
png_destroy_write_struct() if you feel there is too much system overhead
allocating and freeing the png_struct for each image read.

Setting the error callbacks via png_set_message_fn() before
png_read_init() as was suggested in libpng-0.88 is no longer supported
5037
because this caused applications that do not use custom error functions
5038 5039
to fail if the png_ptr was not initialized to zero.  It is still possible
to set the error callbacks AFTER png_read_init(), or to change them with
5040 5041 5042
png_set_error_fn(), which is essentially the same function, but with a new
name to force compilation errors with applications that try to use the old
method.
5043

5044 5045 5046
Support for the sCAL, iCCP, iTXt, and sPLT chunks was added at libpng-1.0.6;
however, iTXt support was not enabled by default.

5047 5048 5049 5050 5051 5052 5053 5054 5055
Starting with version 1.0.7, you can find out which version of the library
you are using at run-time:

   png_uint_32 libpng_vn = png_access_version_number();

The number libpng_vn is constructed from the major version, minor
version with leading zero, and release number with leading zero,
(e.g., libpng_vn for version 1.0.7 is 10007).

5056 5057 5058
Note that this function does not take a png_ptr, so you can call it
before you've created one.

5059 5060 5061 5062 5063
You can also check which version of png.h you used when compiling your
application:

   png_uint_32 application_vn = PNG_LIBPNG_VER;

5064
.SH IX.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x to 1.2.x
5065

5066 5067 5068 5069 5070
Support for user memory management was enabled by default.  To
accomplish this, the functions png_create_read_struct_2(),
png_create_write_struct_2(), png_set_mem_fn(), png_get_mem_ptr(),
png_malloc_default(), and png_free_default() were added.

5071 5072 5073
Support for the iTXt chunk has been enabled by default as of
version 1.2.41.

5074 5075 5076 5077 5078 5079 5080 5081 5082 5083 5084 5085 5086 5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094 5095 5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127
Support for certain MNG features was enabled.

Support for numbered error messages was added.  However, we never got
around to actually numbering the error messages.  The function
png_set_strip_error_numbers() was added (Note: the prototype for this
function was inadvertently removed from png.h in PNG_NO_ASSEMBLER_CODE
builds of libpng-1.2.15.  It was restored in libpng-1.2.36).

The png_malloc_warn() function was added at libpng-1.2.3.  This issues
a png_warning and returns NULL instead of aborting when it fails to
acquire the requested memory allocation.

Support for setting user limits on image width and height was enabled
by default.  The functions png_set_user_limits(), png_get_user_width_max(),
and png_get_user_height_max() were added at libpng-1.2.6.

The png_set_add_alpha() function was added at libpng-1.2.7.

The function png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was added at libpng-1.2.9.
Unlike png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8(), the new function does not expand the
tRNS chunk to alpha. The png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() function is
deprecated.

A number of macro definitions in support of runtime selection of
assembler code features (especially Intel MMX code support) were
added at libpng-1.2.0:

    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_COMPILED
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_SUPPORT_IN_CPU
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_COMBINE_ROW
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_INTERLACE
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_SUB
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_UP
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_AVG
    PNG_ASM_FLAG_MMX_READ_FILTER_PAETH
    PNG_ASM_FLAGS_INITIALIZED
    PNG_MMX_READ_FLAGS
    PNG_MMX_FLAGS
    PNG_MMX_WRITE_FLAGS
    PNG_MMX_FLAGS

We added the following functions in support of runtime
selection of assembler code features:

    png_get_mmx_flagmask()
    png_set_mmx_thresholds()
    png_get_asm_flags()
    png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold()
    png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold()
    png_set_asm_flags()

We replaced all of these functions with simple stubs in libpng-1.2.20,
when the Intel assembler code was removed due to a licensing issue.

5128 5129 5130 5131 5132 5133 5134 5135 5136 5137 5138 5139 5140 5141 5142 5143 5144 5145
These macros are deprecated:

    PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED
    PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED
    PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED

They have been replaced, respectively, by:

    PNG_NO_READ_TRANSFORMS
    PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ
    PNG_NO_SEQUENTIAL_READ
    PNG_NO_WRITE_TRANSFORMS
    PNG_NO_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
    PNG_NO_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS

5146 5147 5148 5149 5150 5151 5152 5153 5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159
PNG_MAX_UINT was replaced with PNG_UINT_31_MAX.  It has been
deprecated since libpng-1.0.16 and libpng-1.2.6.

The function
    png_check_sig(sig, num)
was replaced with
    !png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, num)
It has been deprecated since libpng-0.90.

The function
    png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
which also expands tRNS to alpha was replaced with
    png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8()
which does not. It has been deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9.
5160

5161
.SH X.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.0.x/1.2.x to 1.4.x
5162 5163 5164 5165

Private libpng prototypes and macro definitions were moved from
png.h and pngconf.h into a new pngpriv.h header file.

5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173
Functions png_set_benign_errors(), png_benign_error(), and
png_chunk_benign_error() were added.

Support for setting the maximum amount of memory that the application
will allocate for reading chunks was added, as a security measure.
The functions png_set_chunk_cache_max() and png_get_chunk_cache_max()
were added to the library.

5174 5175
We implemented support for I/O states by adding png_ptr member io_state
and functions png_get_io_chunk_name() and png_get_io_state() in pngget.c
5176

5177 5178 5179 5180 5181
We added PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB to the available high-level
input transforms.

Checking for and reporting of errors in the IHDR chunk is more thorough.

5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189 5190 5191 5192 5193 5194
Support for global arrays was removed, to improve thread safety.

Some obsolete/deprecated macros and functions have been removed.

Typecasted NULL definitions such as
   #define png_voidp_NULL            (png_voidp)NULL
were eliminated.  If you used these in your application, just use
NULL instead.

The png_struct and info_struct members "trans" and "trans_values" were
changed to "trans_alpha" and "trans_color", respectively.

The obsolete, unused pnggccrd.c and pngvcrd.c files and related makefiles
5195
were removed.
5196 5197 5198

The PNG_1_0_X and PNG_1_2_X macros were eliminated.

5199 5200 5201 5202 5203 5204 5205 5206
The PNG_LEGACY_SUPPORTED macro was eliminated.

Many WIN32_WCE #ifdefs were removed.

The functions png_read_init(info_ptr), png_write_init(info_ptr),
png_info_init(info_ptr), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy()
have been removed.  They have been deprecated since libpng-0.95.

5207 5208 5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214
The png_permit_empty_plte() was removed. It has been deprecated
since libpng-1.0.9.  Use png_permit_mng_features() instead.

We removed the obsolete stub functions png_get_mmx_flagmask(),
png_set_mmx_thresholds(), png_get_asm_flags(),
png_get_mmx_bitdepth_threshold(), png_get_mmx_rowbytes_threshold(),
png_set_asm_flags(), and png_mmx_supported()

5215
We removed the obsolete png_check_sig(), png_memcpy_check(), and
5216 5217
png_memset_check() functions.  Instead use !png_sig_cmp(), memcpy(),
and memset(), respectively.
5218

5219 5220 5221
The function png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was removed. It has been
deprecated since libpng-1.0.18 and 1.2.9, when it was replaced with
png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() because the former function also
5222
expanded any tRNS chunk to an alpha channel.
5223

5224 5225 5226
Macros for png_get_uint_16, png_get_uint_32, and png_get_int_32
were added and are used by default instead of the corresponding
functions. Unfortunately,
5227
from libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
5228 5229
function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.

5230 5231 5232 5233 5234
We changed the prototype for png_malloc() from
    png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_uint_32 size)
to
    png_malloc(png_structp png_ptr, png_alloc_size_t size)

5235 5236
This also applies to the prototype for the user replacement malloc_fn().

5237
The png_calloc() function was added and is used in place of
5238
of "png_malloc(); memset();" except in the case in png_read_png()
5239 5240 5241 5242 5243
where the array consists of pointers; in this case a "for" loop is used
after the png_malloc() to set the pointers to NULL, to give robust.
behavior in case the application runs out of memory part-way through
the process.

5244 5245 5246 5247
We changed the prototypes of png_get_compression_buffer_size() and
png_set_compression_buffer_size() to work with png_size_t instead of
png_uint_32.

5248 5249 5250
Support for numbered error messages was removed by default, since we
never got around to actually numbering the error messages. The function
png_set_strip_error_numbers() was removed from the library by default.
5251 5252

The png_zalloc() and png_zfree() functions are no longer exported.
5253
The png_zalloc() function no longer zeroes out the memory that it
5254 5255 5256
allocates.  Applications that called png_zalloc(png_ptr, number, size)
can call png_calloc(png_ptr, number*size) instead, and can call
png_free() instead of png_zfree().
5257

5258
Support for dithering was disabled by default in libpng-1.4.0, because
5259 5260
it has not been well tested and doesn't actually "dither".
The code was not
5261 5262
removed, however, and could be enabled by building libpng with
PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED defined.  In libpng-1.4.2, this support
5263
was re-enabled, but the function was renamed png_set_quantize() to
5264 5265
reflect more accurately what it actually does.  At the same time,
the PNG_DITHER_[RED,GREEN_BLUE]_BITS macros were also renamed to
5266 5267
PNG_QUANTIZE_[RED,GREEN,BLUE]_BITS, and PNG_READ_DITHER_SUPPORTED
was renamed to PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED.
5268

5269 5270
We removed the trailing '.' from the warning and error messages.

5271
.SH XI.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.4.x to 1.5.x
5272

5273
From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the
5274
function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32.
5275
The incorrect macro was removed from libpng-1.4.5.
5276

5277 5278 5279 5280 5281
Checking for invalid palette index on write was added at libpng
1.5.10.  If a pixel contains an invalid (out-of-range) index libpng issues
a benign error.  This is enabled by default because this condition is an
error according to the PNG specification, Clause 11.3.2, but the error can
be ignored in each png_ptr with
5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300 5301

   png_set_check_for_invalid_index(png_ptr, allowed);

      allowed  - one of
                 0: disable benign error (accept the
                    invalid data without warning).
                 1: enable benign error (treat the
                    invalid data as an error or a
                    warning).

If the error is ignored, or if png_benign_error() treats it as a warning,
any invalid pixels are decoded as opaque black by the decoder and written
as-is by the encoder.

Retrieving the maximum palette index found was added at libpng-1.5.15.
This statement must appear after png_read_png() or png_read_image() while
reading, and after png_write_png() or png_write_image() while writing.

   int max_palette = png_get_palette_max(png_ptr, info_ptr);

5302
This will return the maximum palette index found in the image, or "\-1" if
5303 5304 5305 5306 5307
the palette was not checked, or "0" if no palette was found.  Note that this
does not account for any palette index used by ancillary chunks such as the
bKGD chunk; you must check those separately to determine the maximum
palette index actually used.

5308
There are no substantial API changes between the non-deprecated parts of
5309
the 1.4.5 API and the 1.5.0 API; however, the ability to directly access
5310 5311
members of the main libpng control structures, png_struct and png_info,
deprecated in earlier versions of libpng, has been completely removed from
5312 5313
libpng 1.5, and new private "pngstruct.h", "pnginfo.h", and "pngdebug.h"
header files were created.
5314

5315 5316 5317 5318
We no longer include zlib.h in png.h.  The include statement has been moved
to pngstruct.h, where it is not accessible by applications. Applications that
need access to information in zlib.h will need to add the '#include "zlib.h"'
directive.  It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
5319 5320
the '"#include png.h"' directive.

5321 5322 5323 5324 5325 5326
The png_sprintf(), png_strcpy(), and png_strncpy() macros are no longer used
and were removed.

We moved the png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memset(), and png_memcmp()
macros into a private header file (pngpriv.h) that is not accessible to
applications.
5327

5328
In png_get_iCCP, the type of "profile" was changed from png_charpp
5329
to png_bytepp, and in png_set_iCCP, from png_charp to png_const_bytep.
5330

5331
There are changes of form in png.h, including new and changed macros to
5332 5333 5334
declare parts of the API.  Some API functions with arguments that are
pointers to data not modified within the function have been corrected to
declare these arguments with PNG_CONST.
5335 5336 5337 5338 5339 5340 5341 5342 5343

Much of the internal use of C macros to control the library build has also
changed and some of this is visible in the exported header files, in
particular the use of macros to control data and API elements visible
during application compilation may require significant revision to
application code.  (It is extremely rare for an application to do this.)

Any program that compiled against libpng 1.4 and did not use deprecated
features or access internal library structures should compile and work
5344 5345
against libpng 1.5, except for the change in the prototype for
png_get_iCCP() and png_set_iCCP() API functions mentioned above.
5346

5347 5348 5349 5350
libpng 1.5.0 adds PNG_ PASS macros to help in the reading and writing of
interlaced images.  The macros return the number of rows and columns in
each pass and information that can be used to de-interlace and (if
absolutely necessary) interlace an image.
5351 5352

libpng 1.5.0 adds an API png_longjmp(png_ptr, value).  This API calls
5353
the application-provided png_longjmp_ptr on the internal, but application
5354 5355 5356
initialized, longjmp buffer.  It is provided as a convenience to avoid
the need to use the png_jmpbuf macro, which had the unnecessary side
effect of resetting the internal png_longjmp_ptr value.
5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365

libpng 1.5.0 includes a complete fixed point API.  By default this is
present along with the corresponding floating point API.  In general the
fixed point API is faster and smaller than the floating point one because
the PNG file format used fixed point, not floating point.  This applies
even if the library uses floating point in internal calculations.  A new
macro, PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED, reveals whether the library
uses floating point arithmetic (the default) or fixed point arithmetic
internally for performance critical calculations such as gamma correction.
5366 5367 5368 5369 5370 5371
In some cases, the gamma calculations may produce slightly different
results.  This has changed the results in png_rgb_to_gray and in alpha
composition (png_set_background for example). This applies even if the
original image was already linear (gamma == 1.0) and, therefore, it is
not necessary to linearize the image.  This is because libpng has *not*
been changed to optimize that case correctly, yet.
5372 5373 5374 5375 5376 5377 5378

Fixed point support for the sCAL chunk comes with an important caveat;
the sCAL specification uses a decimal encoding of floating point values
and the accuracy of PNG fixed point values is insufficient for
representation of these values. Consequently a "string" API
(png_get_sCAL_s and png_set_sCAL_s) is the only reliable way of reading
arbitrary sCAL chunks in the absence of either the floating point API or
5379 5380 5381 5382
internal floating point calculations.  Starting with libpng-1.5.0, both
of these functions are present when PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED is defined.  Prior
to libpng-1.5.0, their presence also depended upon PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED
being defined and PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED not being defined.
5383 5384 5385 5386 5387 5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401 5402 5403 5404

Applications no longer need to include the optional distribution header
file pngusr.h or define the corresponding macros during application
build in order to see the correct variant of the libpng API.  From 1.5.0
application code can check for the corresponding _SUPPORTED macro:

#ifdef PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED
   /* code that uses the inch conversion APIs. */
#endif

This macro will only be defined if the inch conversion functions have been
compiled into libpng.  The full set of macros, and whether or not support
has been compiled in, are available in the header file pnglibconf.h.
This header file is specific to the libpng build.  Notice that prior to
1.5.0 the _SUPPORTED macros would always have the default definition unless
reset by pngusr.h or by explicit settings on the compiler command line.
These settings may produce compiler warnings or errors in 1.5.0 because
of macro redefinition.

Applications can now choose whether to use these macros or to call the
corresponding function by defining PNG_USE_READ_MACROS or
PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS before including png.h.  Notice that this is
5405
only supported from 1.5.0; defining PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS prior to 1.5.0
5406
will lead to a link failure.
5407

5408
Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the zlib compressor used the same set of parameters
5409
when compressing the IDAT data and textual data such as zTXt and iCCP.
5410
In libpng-1.5.4 we reinitialized the zlib stream for each type of data.
5411 5412 5413
We added five png_set_text_*() functions for setting the parameters to
use with textual data.

5414
Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
5415
option was off by default, and slightly inaccurate scaling occurred.
5416 5417 5418
This option can no longer be turned off, and the choice of accurate
or inaccurate 16-to-8 scaling is by using the new png_set_scale_16_to_8()
API for accurate scaling or the old png_set_strip_16_to_8() API for simple
5419 5420 5421 5422
chopping.  In libpng-1.5.4, the PNG_READ_16_TO_8_ACCURATE_SCALE_SUPPORTED
macro became PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED, and the PNG_READ_16_TO_8
macro became PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED, to enable the two
png_set_*_16_to_8() functions separately.
5423

5424
Prior to libpng-1.5.4, the png_set_user_limits() function could only be
5425 5426 5427 5428
used to reduce the width and height limits from the value of
PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX and PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX, although this document said
that it could be used to override them.  Now this function will reduce or
increase the limits.
5429

5430 5431 5432 5433 5434 5435
Starting in libpng-1.5.10, the user limits can be set en masse with the
configuration option PNG_SAFE_LIMITS_SUPPORTED.  If this option is enabled,
a set of "safe" limits is applied in pngpriv.h.  These can be overridden by
application calls to png_set_user_limits(), png_set_user_chunk_cache_max(),
and/or png_set_user_malloc_max() that increase or decrease the limits.  Also,
in libpng-1.5.10 the default width and height limits were increased
5436
from 1,000,000 to 0x7fffffff (i.e., made unlimited).  Therefore, the
5437 5438 5439 5440 5441 5442 5443
limits are now
                               default      safe
   png_user_width_max        0x7fffffff    1,000,000
   png_user_height_max       0x7fffffff    1,000,000
   png_user_chunk_cache_max  0 (unlimited)   128
   png_user_chunk_malloc_max 0 (unlimited) 8,000,000

5444
The png_set_option() function (and the "options" member of the png struct) was
5445 5446
added to libpng-1.5.15, with option PNG_ARM_NEON.

5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456 5457 5458
The library now supports a complete fixed point implementation and can
thus be used on systems that have no floating point support or very
limited or slow support.  Previously gamma correction, an essential part
of complete PNG support, required reasonably fast floating point.

As part of this the choice of internal implementation has been made
independent of the choice of fixed versus floating point APIs and all the
missing fixed point APIs have been implemented.

The exact mechanism used to control attributes of API functions has
changed, as described in the INSTALL file.

5459 5460 5461 5462 5463 5464 5465 5466 5467 5468 5469 5470 5471 5472 5473 5474 5475 5476 5477 5478 5479 5480 5481 5482 5483 5484 5485 5486 5487 5488 5489 5490 5491 5492 5493 5494 5495 5496 5497 5498 5499 5500 5501 5502 5503 5504 5505 5506 5507 5508 5509 5510 5511 5512 5513 5514 5515 5516 5517 5518 5519 5520 5521 5522 5523 5524 5525 5526 5527 5528 5529 5530 5531 5532
A new test program, pngvalid, is provided in addition to pngtest.
pngvalid validates the arithmetic accuracy of the gamma correction
calculations and includes a number of validations of the file format.
A subset of the full range of tests is run when "make check" is done
(in the 'configure' build.)  pngvalid also allows total allocated memory
usage to be evaluated and performs additional memory overwrite validation.

Many changes to individual feature macros have been made. The following
are the changes most likely to be noticed by library builders who
configure libpng:

1) All feature macros now have consistent naming:

#define PNG_NO_feature turns the feature off
#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED turns the feature on

pnglibconf.h contains one line for each feature macro which is either:

#define PNG_feature_SUPPORTED

if the feature is supported or:

/*#undef PNG_feature_SUPPORTED*/

if it is not.  Library code consistently checks for the 'SUPPORTED' macro.
It does not, and libpng applications should not, check for the 'NO' macro
which will not normally be defined even if the feature is not supported.
The 'NO' macros are only used internally for setting or not setting the
corresponding 'SUPPORTED' macros.

Compatibility with the old names is provided as follows:

PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS turns on PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED

And the following definitions disable the corresponding feature:

PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED disables SETJMP
PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_TRANSFORMS
PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITED_NODIV disables READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV
PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_TRANSFORMS
PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS
PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_NOT_SUPPORTED disables WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS

Library builders should remove use of the above, inconsistent, names.

2) Warning and error message formatting was previously conditional on
the STDIO feature. The library has been changed to use the
CONSOLE_IO feature instead. This means that if CONSOLE_IO is disabled
the library no longer uses the printf(3) functions, even though the
default read/write implementations use (FILE) style stdio.h functions.

3) Three feature macros now control the fixed/floating point decisions:

PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the floating point APIs

PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED enables the fixed point APIs; however, in
practice these are normally required internally anyway (because the PNG
file format is fixed point), therefore in most cases PNG_NO_FIXED_POINT
merely stops the function from being exported.

PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED chooses between the internal floating
point implementation or the fixed point one.  Typically the fixed point
implementation is larger and slower than the floating point implementation
on a system that supports floating point; however, it may be faster on a
system which lacks floating point hardware and therefore uses a software
emulation.

4) Added PNG_{READ,WRITE}_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED.  This allows the
functions to read and write ints to be disabled independently of
PNG_USE_READ_MACROS, which allows libpng to be built with the functions
even though the default is to use the macros - this allows applications
to choose at app buildtime whether or not to use macros (previously
impossible because the functions weren't in the default build.)

5533 5534 5535
.SH XII.  Changes to Libpng from version 1.5.x to 1.6.x

A "simplified API" has been added (see documentation in png.h and a simple
5536 5537 5538 5539 5540 5541 5542 5543 5544 5545 5546 5547 5548 5549 5550 5551 5552
example in contrib/examples/pngtopng.c).  The new publicly visible API
includes the following:

   macros:
     PNG_FORMAT_*
     PNG_IMAGE_*
   structures:
     png_control
     png_image
   read functions
     png_image_begin_read_from_file()
     png_image_begin_read_from_stdio()
     png_image_begin_read_from_memory()
     png_image_finish_read()
     png_image_free()
   write functions
     png_image_write_to_file()
5553
     png_image_write_to_memory()
5554 5555 5556 5557
     png_image_write_to_stdio()

Starting with libpng-1.6.0, you can configure libpng to prefix all exported
symbols, using the PNG_PREFIX macro.
5558

5559 5560
We no longer include string.h in png.h.  The include statement has been moved
to pngpriv.h, where it is not accessible by applications.  Applications that
5561
need access to information in string.h must add an '#include <string.h>'
5562
directive.  It does not matter whether this is placed prior to or after
5563
the '#include "png.h"' directive.
5564 5565 5566 5567 5568 5569 5570

The following API are now DEPRECATED:
   png_info_init_3()
   png_convert_to_rfc1123() which has been replaced
     with png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer()
   png_malloc_default()
   png_free_default()
5571
   png_reset_zstream()
5572

5573
The following have been removed:
5574 5575 5576 5577
   png_get_io_chunk_name(), which has been replaced
     with png_get_io_chunk_type().  The new
     function returns a 32-bit integer instead of
     a string.
5578 5579 5580 5581 5582 5583 5584 5585 5586 5587
   The png_sizeof(), png_strlen(), png_memcpy(), png_memcmp(), and
     png_memset() macros are no longer used in the libpng sources and
     have been removed.  These had already been made invisible to applications
     (i.e., defined in the private pngpriv.h header file) since libpng-1.5.0.

The signatures of many exported functions were changed, such that
   png_structp became png_structrp or png_const_structrp
   png_infop became png_inforp or png_const_inforp
where "rp" indicates a "restricted pointer".

5588 5589 5590
Dropped support for 16-bit platforms. The support for FAR/far types has
been eliminated and the definition of png_alloc_size_t is now controlled
by a flag so that 'small size_t' systems can select it if necessary.
5591

5592 5593
Error detection in some chunks has improved; in particular the iCCP chunk
reader now does pretty complete validation of the basic format.  Some bad
5594
profiles that were previously accepted are now accepted with a warning or
5595 5596
rejected, depending upon the png_set_benign_errors() setting, in particular
the very old broken Microsoft/HP 3144-byte sRGB profile.  Starting with
5597 5598 5599
libpng-1.6.11, recognizing and checking sRGB profiles can be avoided by
means of

5600 5601
    #if defined(PNG_SKIP_sRGB_CHECK_PROFILE) && \
        defined(PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED)
5602
       png_set_option(png_ptr, PNG_SKIP_sRGB_CHECK_PROFILE,
5603 5604
           PNG_OPTION_ON);
    #endif
5605

5606
It's not a good idea to do this if you are using the "simplified API",
5607
which needs to be able to recognize sRGB profiles conveyed via the iCCP
5608 5609
chunk.

5610 5611 5612 5613
The PNG spec requirement that only grayscale profiles may appear in images
with color type 0 or 4 and that even if the image only contains gray pixels,
only RGB profiles may appear in images with color type 2, 3, or 6, is now
enforced.  The sRGB chunk is allowed to appear in images with any color type
5614 5615
and is interpreted by libpng to convey a one-tracer-curve gray profile or a
three-tracer-curve RGB profile as appropriate.
5616

5617 5618 5619 5620
Libpng 1.5.x erroneously used /MD for Debug DLL builds; if you used the debug
builds in your app and you changed your app to use /MD you will need to
change it back to /MDd for libpng 1.6.x.

5621 5622 5623 5624 5625 5626 5627 5628 5629 5630 5631
Prior to libpng-1.6.0 a warning would be issued if the iTXt chunk contained
an empty language field or an empty translated keyword.  Both of these
are allowed by the PNG specification, so these warnings are no longer issued.

The library now issues an error if the application attempts to set a
transform after it calls png_read_update_info() or if it attempts to call
both png_read_update_info() and png_start_read_image() or to call either
of them more than once.

The default condition for benign_errors is now to treat benign errors as
warnings while reading and as errors while writing.
5632

5633 5634 5635 5636 5637 5638 5639 5640 5641 5642 5643 5644 5645 5646 5647
The library now issues a warning if both background processing and RGB to
gray are used when gamma correction happens. As with previous versions of
the library the results are numerically very incorrect in this case.

There are some minor arithmetic changes in some transforms such as
png_set_background(), that might be detected by certain regression tests.

Unknown chunk handling has been improved internally, without any API change.
This adds more correct option control of the unknown handling, corrects
a pre-existing bug where the per-chunk 'keep' setting is ignored, and makes
it possible to skip IDAT chunks in the sequential reader.

The machine-generated configure files are no longer included in branches
libpng16 and later of the GIT repository.  They continue to be included
in the tarball releases, however.
5648

5649 5650 5651 5652
Libpng-1.6.0 through 1.6.2 used the CMF bytes at the beginning of the IDAT
stream to set the size of the sliding window for reading instead of using the
default 32-kbyte sliding window size.  It was discovered that there are
hundreds of PNG files in the wild that have incorrect CMF bytes that caused
5653 5654 5655 5656
zlib to issue the "invalid distance too far back" error and reject the file.
Libpng-1.6.3 and later calculate their own safe CMF from the image dimensions,
provide a way to revert to the libpng-1.5.x behavior (ignoring the CMF bytes
and using a 32-kbyte sliding window), by using
5657 5658 5659 5660

    png_set_option(png_ptr, PNG_MAXIMUM_INFLATE_WINDOW,
        PNG_OPTION_ON);

5661 5662
and provide a tool (contrib/tools/pngfix) for rewriting a PNG file while
optimizing the CMF bytes in its IDAT chunk correctly.
5663 5664 5665 5666 5667 5668

Libpng-1.6.0 and libpng-1.6.1 wrote uncompressed iTXt chunks with the wrong
length, which resulted in PNG files that cannot be read beyond the bad iTXt
chunk.  This error was fixed in libpng-1.6.3, and a tool (called
contrib/tools/png-fix-itxt) has been added to the libpng distribution.

5669 5670 5671 5672 5673 5674 5675 5676 5677 5678 5679 5680 5681 5682 5683 5684 5685
Starting with libpng-1.6.17, the PNG_SAFE_LIMITS macro was eliminated
and safe limits are used by default (users who need larger limits
can still override them at compile time or run time, as described above).

The new limits are
                                default   spec limit
   png_user_width_max         1,000,000  2,147,483,647
   png_user_height_max        1,000,000  2,147,483,647
   png_user_chunk_cache_max         128  unlimited
   png_user_chunk_malloc_max  8,000,000  unlimited

Starting with libpng-1.6.18, a PNG_RELEASE_BUILD macro was added, which allows
library builders to control compilation for an installed system (a release build).
It can be set for testing debug or beta builds to ensure that they will compile
when the build type is switched to RC or STABLE. In essence this overrides the
PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE definition which is not directly user controllable.

5686
Starting with libpng-1.6.19, attempting to set an over-length PLTE chunk
5687
is an error. Previously this requirement of the PNG specification was not
5688 5689
enforced, and the palette was always limited to 256 entries. An over-length
PLTE chunk found in an input PNG is silently truncated.
5690

5691
.SH XIII.  Detecting libpng
5692 5693 5694 5695

The png_get_io_ptr() function has been present since libpng-0.88, has never
changed, and is unaffected by conditional compilation macros.  It is the
best choice for use in configure scripts for detecting the presence of any
5696 5697 5698
libpng version since 0.88.  In an autoconf "configure.in" you could use

    AC_CHECK_LIB(png, png_get_io_ptr, ...
5699

5700
.SH XV. Source code repository
5701 5702 5703 5704 5705 5706

Since about February 2009, version 1.2.34, libpng has been under "git" source
control.  The git repository was built from old libpng-x.y.z.tar.gz files
going back to version 0.70.  You can access the git repository (read only)
at

5707
    git://git.code.sf.net/p/libpng/code
5708

5709
or you can browse it with a web browser by selecting the "code" button at
5710

5711
    https://sourceforge.net/projects/libpng
5712 5713 5714 5715 5716 5717 5718

Patches can be sent to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net or to
png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net or you can upload them to
the libpng bug tracker at

    http://libpng.sourceforge.net

5719 5720
We also accept patches built from the tar or zip distributions, and
simple verbal discriptions of bug fixes, reported either to the
5721 5722
SourceForge bug tracker, to the png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
mailing list, or directly to glennrp.
5723

5724
.SH XV. Coding style
5725

5726 5727
Our coding style is similar to the "Allman" style
(See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indent_style#Allman_style), with curly
5728 5729 5730 5731 5732 5733 5734 5735 5736 5737 5738 5739 5740 5741 5742 5743 5744 5745 5746 5747 5748
braces on separate lines:

    if (condition)
    {
       action;
    }

    else if (another condition)
    {
       another action;
    }

The braces can be omitted from simple one-line actions:

    if (condition)
       return (0);

We use 3-space indentation, except for continued statements which
are usually indented the same as the first line of the statement
plus four more spaces.

5749 5750 5751 5752 5753 5754 5755 5756 5757
For macro definitions we use 2-space indentation, always leaving the "#"
in the first column.

    #ifndef PNG_NO_FEATURE
    #  ifndef PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
    #    define PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED
    #  endif
    #endif

5758 5759 5760 5761 5762 5763
Comments appear with the leading "/*" at the same indentation as
the statement that follows the comment:

    /* Single-line comment */
    statement;

5764 5765
    /* This is a multiple-line
     * comment.
5766 5767 5768
     */
    statement;

5769
Very short comments can be placed after the end of the statement
5770 5771 5772 5773 5774 5775 5776 5777
to which they pertain:

    statement;    /* comment */

We don't use C++ style ("//") comments. We have, however,
used them in the past in some now-abandoned MMX assembler
code.

5778 5779
Functions and their curly braces are not indented, and
exported functions are marked with PNGAPI:
5780 5781

 /* This is a public function that is visible to
5782
  * application programmers. It does thus-and-so.
5783 5784 5785 5786 5787 5788 5789
  */
 void PNGAPI
 png_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
 {
    body;
 }

5790 5791 5792
The return type and decorations are placed on a separate line
ahead of the function name, as illustrated above.

5793 5794 5795 5796
The prototypes for all exported functions appear in png.h,
above the comment that says

    /* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ... */
5797 5798 5799 5800 5801 5802 5803 5804 5805

We mark all non-exported functions with "/* PRIVATE */"":

 void /* PRIVATE */
 png_non_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo)
 {
    body;
 }

5806
The prototypes for non-exported functions (except for those in
5807
pngtest) appear in pngpriv.h above the comment that says
5808

5809 5810
  /* Maintainer: Put new private prototypes here ^ */

5811 5812 5813 5814 5815
To avoid polluting the global namespace, the names of all exported
functions and variables begin with "png_", and all publicly visible C
preprocessor macros begin with "PNG".  We request that applications that
use libpng *not* begin any of their own symbols with either of these strings.

5816 5817 5818 5819 5820 5821 5822 5823 5824 5825
We put a space after the "sizeof" operator and we omit the
optional parentheses around its argument when the argument
is an expression, not a type name, and we always enclose the
sizeof operator, with its argument, in parentheses:

  (sizeof (png_uint_32))
  (sizeof array)

Prior to libpng-1.6.0 we used a "png_sizeof()" macro, formatted as
though it were a function.
5826

5827 5828
Control keywords if, for, while, and switch are always followed by a space
to distinguish them from function calls, which have no trailing space. 
5829 5830

We put a space after each comma and after each semicolon
5831
in "for" statements, and we put spaces before and after each
5832 5833 5834
C binary operator and after "for" or "while", and before
"?".  We don't put a space between a typecast and the expression
being cast, nor do we put one between a function name and the
5835 5836
left parenthesis that follows it:

5837
    for (i = 2; i > 0; \-\-i)
5838
       y[i] = a(x) + (int)b;
5839

5840
We prefer #ifdef and #ifndef to #if defined() and #if !defined()
5841 5842
when there is only one macro being tested.  We always use parentheses
with "defined".
5843

5844 5845 5846 5847
We express integer constants that are used as bit masks in hex format,
with an even number of lower-case hex digits, and to make them unsigned
(e.g., 0x00U, 0xffU, 0x0100U) and long if they are greater than 0x7fff
(e.g., 0xffffUL).
5848

5849
We prefer to use underscores rather than camelCase in names, except
5850 5851
for a few type names that we inherit from zlib.h.

5852 5853 5854
We prefer "if (something != 0)" and "if (something == 0)" over
"if (something)" and if "(!something)", respectively, and for pointers
we prefer "if (some_pointer != NULL)" or "if (some_pointer == NULL)". 
5855

5856 5857
We do not use the TAB character for indentation in the C sources.

5858 5859
Lines do not exceed 80 characters.

5860
Other rules can be inferred by inspecting the libpng source.
5861

5862
.SH XVI. Y2K Compliance in libpng
5863

5864 5865 5866
Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make
an official declaration.

5867
This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and
5868
upward through 1.6.28rc01 are Y2K compliant.  It is my belief that earlier
5869
versions were also Y2K compliant.
5870

5871 5872 5873
Libpng only has two year fields.  One is a 2-byte unsigned integer
that will hold years up to 65535.  The other, which is deprecated,
holds the date in text format, and will hold years up to 9999.
5874 5875 5876 5877

The integer is
    "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct.

5878 5879 5880
The string is
    "char time_buffer[29]" in png_struct.  This is no longer used
in libpng-1.6.x and will be removed from libpng-1.7.0.
5881 5882 5883

There are seven time-related functions:

5884 5885 5886
    png_convert_to_rfc_1123_buffer() in png.c
      (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error, and
      also formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1123())
5887 5888
    png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called
      in pngwrite.c
5889 5890 5891 5892 5893 5894
    png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c
    png_get_tIME() in pngget.c
    png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c
    png_set_tIME() in pngset.c
    png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c

5895
All appear to handle dates properly in a Y2K environment.  The
5896 5897 5898 5899
png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system
clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to
the full 4-digit year.  There is a possibility that applications using
libpng are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123()
5900 5901 5902 5903 5904
function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year
instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function,
but this is not under our control.  The libpng documentation has always
stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been
documented as such.
5905 5906 5907 5908

The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant.  It uses a 2-byte unsigned
integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535.

5909 5910 5911
zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant.  It contains
no date-related code.

5912 5913 5914 5915 5916

   Glenn Randers-Pehrson
   libpng maintainer
   PNG Development Group

5917 5918 5919 5920 5921 5922 5923 5924 5925 5926
.SH NOTE

Note about libpng version numbers:

Due to various miscommunications, unforeseen code incompatibilities
and occasional factors outside the authors' control, version numbering
on the library has not always been consistent and straightforward.
The following table summarizes matters since version 0.89c, which was
the first widely used release:

5927 5928 5929
 source             png.h  png.h  shared-lib
 version            string   int  version
 -------            ------  ----- ----------
5930 5931 5932 5933 5934 5935 5936 5937 5938 5939 5940 5941 5942 5943 5944 5945 5946 5947 5948 5949 5950 5951 5952 5953 5954 5955 5956 5957 5958 5959 5960 5961 5962 5963 5964 5965
 0.89c "1.0 beta 3"     0.89      89  1.0.89
 0.90  "1.0 beta 4"     0.90      90  0.90  [should have been 2.0.90]
 0.95  "1.0 beta 5"     0.95      95  0.95  [should have been 2.0.95]
 0.96  "1.0 beta 6"     0.96      96  0.96  [should have been 2.0.96]
 0.97b "1.00.97 beta 7" 1.00.97   97  1.0.1 [should have been 2.0.97]
 0.97c                  0.97      97  2.0.97
 0.98                   0.98      98  2.0.98
 0.99                   0.99      98  2.0.99
 0.99a-m                0.99      99  2.0.99
 1.00                   1.00     100  2.1.0 [100 should be 10000]
 1.0.0      (from here on, the   100  2.1.0 [100 should be 10000]
 1.0.1       png.h string is   10001  2.1.0
 1.0.1a-e    identical to the  10002  from here on, the shared library
 1.0.2       source version)   10002  is 2.V where V is the source code
 1.0.2a-b                      10003  version, except as noted.
 1.0.3                         10003
 1.0.3a-d                      10004
 1.0.4                         10004
 1.0.4a-f                      10005
 1.0.5 (+ 2 patches)           10005
 1.0.5a-d                      10006
 1.0.5e-r                      10100 (not source compatible)
 1.0.5s-v                      10006 (not binary compatible)
 1.0.6 (+ 3 patches)           10006 (still binary incompatible)
 1.0.6d-f                      10007 (still binary incompatible)
 1.0.6g                        10007
 1.0.6h                        10007  10.6h (testing xy.z so-numbering)
 1.0.6i                        10007  10.6i
 1.0.6j                        10007  2.1.0.6j (incompatible with 1.0.0)
 1.0.7beta11-14        DLLNUM  10007  2.1.0.7beta11-14 (binary compatible)
 1.0.7beta15-18           1    10007  2.1.0.7beta15-18 (binary compatible)
 1.0.7rc1-2               1    10007  2.1.0.7rc1-2 (binary compatible)
 1.0.7                    1    10007  (still compatible)
 ...
 1.0.19                  10    10019  10.so.0.19[.0]
 ...
5966
 1.2.57                  13    10257  12.so.0.56[.0]
5967
 ...
5968
 1.5.28                  15    10528  15.so.15.28[.0]
5969
 ...
5970
 1.6.28                  16    10628  16.so.16.28[.0]
5971 5972 5973 5974 5975 5976 5977

Henceforth the source version will match the shared-library minor
and patch numbers; the shared-library major version number will be
used for changes in backward compatibility, as it is intended.  The
PNG_PNGLIB_VER macro, which is not used within libpng but is available
for applications, is an unsigned integer of the form xyyzz corresponding
to the source version x.y.z (leading zeros in y and z).  Beta versions
5978 5979
were given the previous public release number plus a letter, until
version 1.0.6j; from then on they were given the upcoming public
5980
release number plus "betaNN" or "rcNN".
5981

5982
.SH "SEE ALSO"
5983
.IR libpngpf(3) ", " png(5)
5984
.LP
5985 5986
.IR libpng :
.IP
5987
http://libpng.sourceforge.net (follow the [DOWNLOAD] link)
5988
http://www.libpng.org/pub/png
5989

5990
.LP
5991 5992 5993 5994 5995 5996
.IR zlib :
.IP
(generally) at the same location as
.I libpng
or at
.br
5997
ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/zlib
5998

5999 6000
.LP
.IR PNG specification: RFC 2083
6001 6002 6003 6004 6005
.IP
(generally) at the same location as
.I libpng
or at
.br
6006
ftp://ftp.rfc-editor.org:/in-notes/rfc2083.txt
6007 6008 6009 6010
.br
or (as a W3C Recommendation) at
.br
http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-png.html
6011

6012
.LP
6013 6014 6015
In the case of any inconsistency between the PNG specification
and this library, the specification takes precedence.

6016
.SH AUTHORS
6017
This man page: Glenn Randers-Pehrson
6018
<glennrp at users.sourceforge.net>
6019 6020 6021 6022 6023 6024

The contributing authors would like to thank all those who helped
with testing, bug fixes, and patience.  This wouldn't have been
possible without all of you.

Thanks to Frank J. T. Wojcik for helping with the documentation.
6025

6026
Libpng version 1.6.28rc01 - January 3, 2017:
6027
Initially created in 1995 by Guy Eric Schalnat, then of Group 42, Inc.
6028
Currently maintained by Glenn Randers-Pehrson (glennrp at users.sourceforge.net).
6029

6030 6031
Supported by the PNG development group
.br
6032 6033
png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net
(subscription required; visit
6034
png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net (subscription required; visit
6035 6036
https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement
to subscribe).
6037

6038
.SH NOTICES:
6039

6040
This copy of the libpng notices is provided for your convenience.  In case of
6041
any discrepancy between this copy and the notices in the file png.h that is
6042 6043 6044
included in the libpng distribution, the latter shall prevail.

COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE:
6045

6046 6047
If you modify libpng you may insert additional notices immediately following
this sentence.
6048

6049
This code is released under the libpng license.
6050

6051
libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000 through 1.6.28rc01, January 3, 2017 are
6052
Copyright (c) 2000-2002, 2004, 2006-2017 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, are
6053 6054 6055
derived from libpng-1.0.6, and are distributed according to the same
disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6 with the following individuals
added to the list of Contributing Authors:
6056 6057 6058

   Simon-Pierre Cadieux
   Eric S. Raymond
6059
   Mans Rullgard
6060
   Cosmin Truta
6061
   Gilles Vollant
6062
   James Yu
6063
   Mandar Sahastrabuddhe
6064 6065 6066

and with the following additions to the disclaimer:

6067 6068 6069 6070 6071 6072
   There is no warranty against interference with your enjoyment of the
   library or against infringement.  There is no warranty that our
   efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes
   or needs.  This library is provided with all faults, and the entire
   risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and effort is with
   the user.
6073

6074 6075 6076 6077
Some files in the "contrib" directory and some configure-generated
files that are distributed with libpng have other copyright owners and
are released under other open source licenses.

6078
libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are
6079 6080 6081 6082
Copyright (c) 1998-2000 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, are derived from
libpng-0.96, and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and
license as libpng-0.96, with the following individuals added to the list
of Contributing Authors:
6083 6084 6085 6086 6087 6088

   Tom Lane
   Glenn Randers-Pehrson
   Willem van Schaik

libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are
6089 6090 6091 6092
Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger, are derived from libpng-0.88,
and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as
libpng-0.88, with the following individuals added to the list of
Contributing Authors:
6093 6094 6095 6096 6097 6098

   John Bowler
   Kevin Bracey
   Sam Bushell
   Magnus Holmgren
   Greg Roelofs
6099 6100
   Tom Tanner

6101 6102 6103
Some files in the "scripts" directory have other copyright owners
but are released under this license.

6104
libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are
6105
Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.
6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 6111

For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors"
is defined as the following set of individuals:

   Andreas Dilger
   Dave Martindale
6112 6113 6114
   Guy Eric Schalnat
   Paul Schmidt
   Tim Wegner
6115

6116 6117
The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS".  The Contributing Authors
and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or implied,
6118 6119 6120 6121 6122
including, without limitation, the warranties of merchantability and of
fitness for any purpose.  The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc.
assume no liability for direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary,
or consequential damages, which may result from the use of the PNG
Reference Library, even if advised of the possibility of such damage.
6123

6124 6125 6126 6127
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject
to the following restrictions:

6128
  1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented.
6129

6130 6131
  2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not
     be misrepresented as being the original source.
6132

6133 6134
  3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any
     source or altered source distribution.
6135 6136 6137 6138 6139 6140 6141

The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit, without
fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component to
supporting the PNG file format in commercial products.  If you use this
source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would be
appreciated.

6142 6143
END OF COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE.

6144 6145 6146 6147 6148 6149 6150 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 6164 6165 6166
TRADEMARK:

The name "libpng" has not been registered by the Copyright owner
as a trademark in any jurisdiction.  However, because libpng has
been distributed and maintained world-wide, continually since 1995,
the Copyright owner claims "common-law trademark protection" in any
jurisdiction where common-law trademark is recognized.

OSI CERTIFICATION:

Libpng is OSI Certified Open Source Software.  OSI Certified Open Source is
a certification mark of the Open Source Initiative. OSI has not addressed
the additional disclaimers inserted at version 1.0.7.

EXPORT CONTROL:

The Copyright owner believes that the Export Control Classification
Number (ECCN) for libpng is EAR99, which means not subject to export
controls or International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) because
it is open source, publicly available software, that does not contain
any encryption software.  See the EAR, paragraphs 734.3(b)(3) and
734.7(b).

6167 6168 6169
A "png_get_copyright" function is available, for convenient use in "about"
boxes and the like:

6170
   printf("%s", png_get_copyright(NULL));
6171 6172

Also, the PNG logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the
6173
files "pngbar.png" and "pngbar.jpg (88x31) and "pngnow.png" (98x31).
6174

6175
Glenn Randers-Pehrson
6176
glennrp at users.sourceforge.net
6177
January 3, 2017
6178

6179 6180
.\" end of man page